ARMY TM 3-6665-312-12&P AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-1

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-12&P 

AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-1 

TECHNICAL MANUAL 

OPERATOR’S AND UNIT 

MAINTENANCE MANUAL 

(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND 

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) 

FOR 

M8A1 AUTOMATIC 

CHEMICAL AGENT ALARM 

[NSN 6665-01-105-5623] 

AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 

M10 POWER SUPPLY 


M10A1 POWER SUPPLY 

(NSN 6665-01-093-2739) 

M228 HIGH PROFILE MOUNTING KIT 


M182 LOW PROFILE MOUNTING KIT 


HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND AIR FORCE 

This copy IS a reprint which Includes current 

pages from Changes 1 and 2. 

CHANGE 2 

17 MARCH 1985

TM 3-6665-312-12&P 


C3 

CHANGE 

NO. 3 

HEADQUARTERS 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 

WASHINGTON, D. C., 15 JULY 1991 

OPERATOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL 


(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) 

FOR 

M8A1 AUTOMATIC CHEMICAL AGENT ALARM 

TM 3-6665-312-12&P, March 1985 and Changes 1 and 2 are changed as follows: 

1. The purpose of this change is to update information and include Air Force references. 

2. Delete entire warnings on back of cover with pen and ink. 

3. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Added 

illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Illustration 

changes are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. 

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. 

Remove Pages 

b 

i thru 1-0 

1-1 thru 1-6 

1-9 thru 1-12 

2-3 thru 2-6 

2-11 and 2-12 

2-17 thru 2-22 

2-25 and 2-26 

2-29 and 2-30 

2-51 and 2-52 

2-65 and 2-66 

2-69 thru 2-86 

2-89 and 2-90 

2-113 and 2-114 

3-13 and 3-14 

4-33 and 4-34 

4-43 and 4-44 

4-58.1/(4-58.2blank) 

Insert Pages 

a and b 

i thru 1-0 

1-1 thru 1-6 

1-9 thru 1-12 

2-3 thru 2-6 

2-11 and 2-12 

2-17 thru 2-22 

2-25 and 2-26 

2-29 and 2-30 

2-51 and 2-52 

2-65 and 2-66 

2-69 thru 2-86 

2-89 and 2-90 

2-113 and 2-114 

3-13 and 3-14 

4-33 and 4-34 

4-43 and 4-44 

4-58.1 and 4-58.2



C3 

Remove Pages 

4-65 and 4-66 

4-79 and 4-80 

4-117 thru 4-119/(4-120 blank) 

A-1 and A-2 

B-1 thru B-9/(B-10 blank) 

C-1 thru C-4 

D-1 and D-2 

E-1 thru E-3/(E-4 blank) 

F-1 thru F-52 

G-1 and G-2 

H-1 and H-2 

Insert Pages 

4-65 and 4-66 

4-79 and 4-80 

4-117 thru 4-120 

A-1 and A-2 

B-1 thru B-8 

C-1 thru C-3/(C-4blank) 

D-1 and D-2 

E-1 and E-2 

F-1 thru F-I-7/(F-I-8 blank) 

G-1 and G-2 

H-1 and H-2 

5. File this change sheet in front of pubhcation for reference purposes. 

By order of the Secretaries of the Army and Air Force: 

GORDON R. SULLIVAN 

General, United States Army 

Chief of Staff 

Official: 

PATRICIA P. HICKERSON 

Colonel, United States Army 

The Adjutant General 

MERRILL A. McPEAK 

General United States Air Force 


Official: 

CHARLES C. McDONALD 

General United States Air Force 

Commander Air Force Logistics Command 

Distribution: 

To redistributed in accordance with DA Form 12-28, Block 195, Maintenance Requirements for 

TM 3-6665-312-12&P.



C2 

CHANGE 

NO.2 

HEADQUARTERS 

DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND AIR FORCE 

Washington, DC., 13 March 1988 

OPERATOR AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 

(Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) 

FOR 




TM 3-6665-312-12&P, dated 17 March 1985, and Change 1 are changed as follows: 

1. New or changed material and added illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page, RPSTL listing 

changes are indicated by an asterisk to the left of the Item Number column adjacent to the line item. 

2. Illustration changes are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. 

3. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below: 

Remove Pages 

Insert Pages 

i and ii 

1-1 and 1-2 

1-9 thru 1-12 

2-1 and 2-2 

2-9 and 2-10 

2-15 and 2-16 

2-19 and 2-20 

2-25 thru 2-28 

2-31 thru 2-36 

2-57 thru 2-72 

2-75 thru 2-82 

2-85 and 2-86 

None 

2-87 thru 2-102 

2-117 and 2-118 

3-1 and 3-2 

3-5 thru 3-18 

4-1 and 4-2 

4-15 thru 4-26 

4-29 thru 4-32 

4-35 thru 4-38 

4-43 and 4-44 

None 

i and ii 

1-1 and 1-2 

1-9 thru 1-12 

2-1 and 2-2 

2-9 and 2-10 

2-15 and 2-16 

2-19 and 2-20 

2-25 thru 2-28 

2-31 thru 2-36 

2-57 thru 2-72 

2-75 thru 2-82 

2-85 and 2-86 

2-86.1 and 2-86.2 

2-87 thru 2-102 

2-117 and 2-118 

3-1 and 3-2 

3-5 thru 3-18 

4-1 and 4-2 

4-15 thru 4-26 

4-29 thru 4-32 

4-35 thru 4-38 

4-43 and 4-44 

4-58,1 /(4-58,2 blank)



C2 

Remove Pages 

Insert Pages 

4-117 thru 4-1 19/(4-120 blank) 4-117 thru 4-119/(4-120 blank) 

A-1 and A-2 A-1 and A-2 

B-3 thru B-9/(B-10 blank) B-3 thru B-9/(B-10 blank) 

E-1 thru E-3/(E-4 blank) E-1 thru E-3/(E-4 blank) 

F-1 thru F-6 F-1 thru F-6 

F-9 and F-10 F-9 and F-10 

F-15 thru F-18/(F-19 blank) F-15 thru F-18/(F-19 blank) 

F-35 and F-36 F-35 and F-36 

F-43 and F-44 F-43 and F-44 

F-47 thru F-52 F-47 thru F-52 

G-land G-2 G-land G-2 

lndex-5 thru lndex-8 

Index-5 thrulndex-8 

Sample DA Form 2028-2 and blank Sample DA Form 2028-2 and blank 

DA Form 2028-2 and Envelope 

DA Form 2028-2 and Envelope 

Cover and a 

Cover and a 

4. 

File this change sheet and all previous change sheets in back of the publication for reference purposes. 

By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and Air Force: 

CARL E. VUONO 

General United States Army 


Official: 

R. L. DILWORTH 

Brigadier General, United States Army 


LARRY D. WELCH, General, USAF 


EARL T. O’LOUGHLIN, General, USAF 

Commander, Air Force Logistics Command 

Distribution: 

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-28, Blocks 193 and 194, Operator and Unit Maintenance (Including Repair 

Parts and Special Tools List), for Detection and Warning Systems, Alarms.


C1 

CHANGE 

NO. 1 

HEADQUARTERS 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 

WASHINGTON, D.C. , 10 APRIL 1986 

OPERATOR AND ORGANIZATIONAL 


(REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) 

M8A1 AUTOMATIC 

CHEMICAL AGENT ALARM 


TM 3-6665-312-12&P, March 1985 is changed as follows: 

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. 

2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical change bar in the margin 

of the page. 

3. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to 

the illustration identification number. 

Remove Pages 

iii and 1-0 

1-9 through 1-14 (blank) 

2-1 and 2-2 

2-59 through 2-66 

3-17 and 3-18 

4-1 and 4-2 

4-23 through 4-26 

4-31 and 4-32 

4-37 through 4-40 

4-43 and 4-44 

None 

4-61 and 4-62 

4-99 and 4-100 

4-119 and 4-120 (blank) 

A-1 and A-2 

B-7 and B-8 

C-3 and C-4 

E-3 and E-4 (blank) 

F-13 and F-14 

Insert Pages 

iii and 1-0 

1-9 through 1-14 

2-1 and 2-2 

2-59 through 2-66 

3-17 and 3-18 

4-1 and 4-2 

4-23 through 4-26 

4-31 and 4-32 

4-37 through 4-40 

4-43 and 4-44 

4-49.1 and 49.2 

4-61 and 4-62 

4-99 and 4-100 

4-19 and 4-120 (blank) 

A-1 and A-2 

B-7 and B-8 

C-3 and C-4 

E-3 and E-4 (blank) 

F-13 and F-14 

File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.

By Order of the Secretary of the Army: 

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR. 



Official: 

R. L. DILWORTH 

Brigadier General, United States Army 


Distribution: 

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-28, Blocks 193 and 194, 

Operator and Organizational Maintenance (Including Repair Parts and Special 

Tools List), for Detection and Warning Systems and Alarms.



WARNING 

RADIATION HAZARD 

AMERICIUM (AM241) 

The cell module of the M43A1 Detector contains a radioactive source: Americium-241. 

The cell module is potentially dangerous if broken. 

1. Do not attempt to remove the cell or pump modules. 

2. Follow safety procedures for storage, shipment, and disposal in accordance with this manual, 

local regulations, and AR 385-11, Air Force personnel use Technical Orders TO 00-110N-2 and 

TO 00-110N-3. 

3. If a cell or pump module is damaged, notify your NBC NCO. The NBC NCO must then notify the 

Nuclear-Biological-Chemical Officer and Radiation Protection Officer. 

4. Wrap the M43A1 Detector (with its damaged cell or pump module) in a plastic bag and ship in the 

original packing container, if available, to Intermediate Direct Support for evaluation. Wash 

immediately with nonabrasive soap and water if skin contact is made with any area thought to be 

contaminated. 

5. Do not operate an M43A1 Detector indoors without an outlet filter. Never operate an M43A1 

Detector inside a moving vehicle with or without an outlet filter. 

6. Do not dispose of a used outlet filter except under the supervision of the NBC NCO or Officer or 

local RPO, You must wear disposable gloves. 

Change 3 

a



WARNING 

HIGH VOLTAGE 

is used in the operation of this equipment 

DEATH ON CONTACT 

may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions when performing maintenance procedures on 

the M43A1 Detector. 

● DISCONNECT POWER SUPPLIES BEFORE PERFORMING MAINTENANCE TO PREVENT 

DEATH OR POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY. 

● DISCONNECT THE M10 OR M10A1 POWER SUPPLY FROM THE AC POWER OUTLET 

BEFORE REMOVING THE FUSES TO PREVENT POSSIBLE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY 

TO PERSONNEL. 

For Artificial Respiration, refer to FM 21-11. 

b Change 3



Technical Manual 

No. 3-6665-312-12&P 

HEADQUARTERS 

DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND AIR FORCE 

Washington. D.C. 

17 March 1985 

OPERATOR AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 

(Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) 

FOR 




REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS 

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to 

improve the procedures, please let us know, Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 

(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in 

the back of this manual direct to Commander, U.S. Army Armament, Munitions, and 

Chemical Command, Attn: AMSMC-MAR-T (A), Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5423. 

A reply will be furnished to you. 

CHAPTER 1 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

Page 

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-1 

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

IEquipment Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 

Technical Principles of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 

CHAPTER 2 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

Section IV 

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

I Description and Use of Operationsl 

Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 

Operator Preventive Maintenance 

IChecks and Services (PMCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 

Operation Under Usual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 

Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109 

CHAPTER 3 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

Lubrication Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

Operator Troubleshooting Procedures ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

Operator Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 

Change 3 i



CHAPTER 4 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

Section IV 

Section V 

APPENDIX A 

APPENDIX B 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

Section IV 

APPENDIX C 

Section I 

Section II 

Section Ill 

APPENDIX D 

Section I 

Section II 

APPENDIX E 

Section I 

Section II 

APPENDIX F 

Section I 

Section II 

Group 00 

Page 

UNIT MAINTENANCE lNSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE 

and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

Unit Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 

lUnit Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 

Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118 

REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 

Maintenance Allocation Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 

Tool and Test Equipment Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 

Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8 

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC 

ISSUE ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . C-1 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .C-1 

Components of End Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2 

Basic Issue Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LlST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . D-1 

Additional Authorization List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 

IEXPENDABLVDURABLE suppLIEs AND I 

MATERIALS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 

Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 

Page 

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL 

TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-1 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 

Repair Parts List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1-1 

M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1-1 1 

Illus/ 

Figure 

ii Change 3



Group 01 

Group 02 

Group 03 

Group 04 

Group 05 

Group 06 

Group 99 

Section Ill 

Section IV 

Page 

M43A1 Detector Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2-1 

0101 Top Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3-1 

01010 Air Protective Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4-1 

010102 Flow Rate Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5-1 

010103 Detector Unit Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6-1 

M42 Alarm Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7-1 

0201 Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8-1 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9-1 

0301 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10-1 

0302 Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11-1 

M10 Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12-1 

0401 Panel Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13-1 

040101 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-14-1 

M228 High Profile Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15-1 

0501 High Profile Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-16-1 

0502 Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-17-1 

M182 Low Profile Mounting Kit .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18-1 

0601 Low Profile Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-19-1 

0602 Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20-1 

Bulk Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BULK-1 

Special Tools List (Not Applicable) 

National Stock Number and Part Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1-1 

Illus/ 

Figure 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

APPENDIX G 

APPENDIX H 

ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED lTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 

NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION 

REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 

Page 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1 

Change 3 iii



M43A1 DETECTOR 

M42 ALARM 

M228 MOUNTING KIT 

MOUNTING BRACKET 

M182 MOUNTING KIT 

M1OA1 POWER SUPPLY 

M10 POWER SUPPLY 

l PART OF M182 AND M228 MOUNTING KITS 

1-0 Change 3

ARMYTM3-6665-312-12&P 


CHAPTER 1 

INTRODUCTION 

PARA 

1-1 

1-2 

1-3 

1-4 

1-5 

1-6 

1-7 

1-8 

1-9 

1-10 

1-11 

1-12 

1-13 

PAGE 

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

Maintenance Forms and Records and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR’s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

Nomenclature Cross-Reference List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 

Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 

Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 

Location and Description of Major Components and Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 

Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 

Equipment Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

Safety, Care, and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 

Purpose and Equipment Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 

Detector Airflow Sampling Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 

CHAPTER OVERVIEW 

This chapter introduces you to general information, equipment description, and technical principles 

of operation of the M8Al Alarm and its auxiliary equipment. 

I 1-1 SCOPE. ] 

Section 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 

a. Type of Manual Operator and Uni tMaintenance, including Repair Parts and Special Tools List 

b. Equipment Name and Model Number. 

(1) 

M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm consisting of: 

M43A1 Chemical Agent Automatic Alarm Detector Unit 

M42 Chemical A[arm lJnit 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

M10A1 Power Supply 

M10 Power Supply 

M182 Low Profile Mounting Kit 

M228 High Profile Mounting Kit 

Change 2 1-1



I 1-1 SCOPE (CONT). 

c. Purpose of Equipment. Provides a method of automatically detecting chemical nerve agents in 

the air and then gives an alarm. Can be vehicle mounted, backpacked, or ground emplaced. The M10 

or M10A1 power supplies can be used to power the M8A1 Alarm when 115 or 220 vac is available. 

The alarm system will detect nerve agents GA, GB, GD, and VX only. 

I 1-2 MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS AND REPORTS. ] 

a. Maintenance. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance 

will be those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management Systems (TAMMS) 

as contained in the Maintenance Management UPDATE. 

b. Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies. Fill out and forward SF 364 (Report of 

Discrepancy) as prescribed in AR 735-11-2. 

c. Discrepancy in Shipment Report. Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report (SF 361) 

as prescribed in AR 55-38. 

d. Radiological Accident Reports, RCS DD-SD (AR) 1168. Fill out and forward as prescribed in 

AR 385-40. Air Force personnel use AFR 161-16 and AFR 127-4. 

1-3 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIRs). 

If your M8A1 Alarm or auxiliary equipment needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, 

the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us know why 

you don’t like the design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to 

us at: Commander, U.S. Army Armaments, Munitions, and Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSMC-MAR-A(A), 

Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5423. We’ll send you a reply. 

1-4 NOMENCLATURE CROSS REFERENCE LIST. 

Common Name 

adapter 

air filter plug 

BAT indicator 

BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button 

BIT PRESS button 

bottom case 

cell module 

detector meter 

electronics module 

Official Nomenclature 

air protective cap adapter 

protective dust plug 

indicating light 

battery reset test pushbutton 

bit pushbutton 

cover 

chemical agent detector cell 

arbitrary scale meter 

electronic module amplifier 

1-2 Change 3



1-4 NOMENCLATURE CROSS REFERENCE LIST. I 

Common Name 

FLOWMETER 

fuseholder 

M8A1 Alarm 

M42 Alarm 

M43A1 Detector 

M10 power cable 

M10 DETECTOR POWER cable 

M10 STANDBY BATTERY cable 

M10A1 power cable 

M182 Mounting Kit 


plug 

pump module 

rain shield 

RESET/SET button 

turnlock 

Official Nomenclature 

liquid sight indicator 

fuseholder extractor 

M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm 

M42 Chemical Alarm Unit 

M43A1 Chemical Agent Automatic Alarm Detector Unit 

power cable assembly W1 



electrical power cable assembly 



electrical connector plug 

vacuum pump unit 

air protective cap 

push button 

turnlock fastener assembly 

I 1-5 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE. 

Refer to TM 43-0002-31, Destruction of Chemical Weapons and Defense Equipment to Prevent Enemy 

Use, Section 3, for procedures to destroy the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary equipment. 

1-6 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. 

Refer to Chapter 4, Section V, for special instructions concerning storage or shipment. 

Section Il. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION 

1-7 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS CAPABILITIES AND FEATURES. 

a. Characteristics 

(1) Operates in fixed, portable or vehicle mounted configurations. 

(2) All-weather operational. 

(3) Fully functional under dusty conditions. 

b. Capabilities and Features 

(1) Automatically senses nerve agents in the air and provides a warning. 

(2) Can be connected to a remote alarm unit 

(3) Operation from various electrical power sources. 

Change 3 1-3


1-8 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT. 

a. M43A1 Detector 

Automatically detects nerve 

agents in the air. Will sound an 

alarm and send a signal to connected 

M42 Alarm. 

b. M42 Alarm 

Provides a warning light and horn 

at a remote location when M43A1 

Detector detects nerve agent. 

1-4




c. M10A1 POWER SUPPLY 

Provides dc power to the M43A1 Detector 

from an ac power source. Accepts 115 or 

220 vac, 50 to 400 Hz. Switches automatically 

to standby battery if output drops 

below 18 vdc. Attaches directly to bottom 

of M43A1 Detector. 

d. M10 Power Supply 

Provides dc power to the M43A1 Detector 

from an ac power source. Accepts 115 or 

220 vac, 50 to 400 Hz. Switches 

automatically to standby battery if output 

drops below 18 vdc. 

Change 3 1-5


1-8 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT (CONT). 

e. BA3517/U Battery 

Provides 36 vdc power to M43A1 Detector. 

Attaches to bottom of detector or M10A1 

Power Supply. Not rechargeable. 

f. 


Provides mount for M43A1 Detector, with 

or without battery, for 1/4-ton utility 

trucks or 2-1/2-ton trucks. Vehicle must 

have an installation kit (TM 3-6665-274- 

20) before M228 Mounting Kit can be 

installed. 

1-6



g. M182 Mounting Kit 

Provides mount for M43A1 Detector, for 

fully-tracked armored personnel carriers 

and recovery vehicles. Vehicle must have 

an installation kit (TM 3-6665-274-20) 

before M182 Mounting Kit can be 

installed. 

h. M42 Alarm Unit Mounting Bracket 

Provides vehicle mounting for M42 Alarm. 

Comes with M228 and M182 Mounting 

Kits. 

1-7


1-8 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT (CONT). 

i. Backpack 

Provides mount for M43A1 Detector and 

BA3517/U Battery on person’s back, 

consists of field pack frame, cargo 

support shelf, and webbing straps. 

j. M253 Winterization Kit 

Provides dc power to the detector when 

temperature ranges from 20°F to -40°F 

(-7°C to -40°C), Kit contains two BB501/U 

rechargeable batteries and one M168 

Cable. - 

1-8




k. M273 Maintenance Kit 

Contains 10 air filters and 10 test paddles, 

each wrapped in paper and foil. 

1. Probe Assembly 

Contains 5 probes, 5 rubber bands, and 5 

instruction cards, one of each packed separately 

in a heat sealed plastic bag. Enables 

the M43A1 Detector to monitor equipment, 

vehicles and personnel for vapor contamination. 

1-9 EQUIPMENT DATA. 

Table 1-1 Weights and Dimensions 

EQUIPMENT WEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT 

M43A1 Detector 7 lb 7 in. 7.75 in. 10.75 in. 

3.2 kg 177.8 mm 196.9 mm 273.0 mm 

M42 Alarm Unit 4 lb 8 in. 6 in. 2.25 in. 

1.8 kg 203.2 mm 152.4 mm 57.2 mm 

M10A1 Power Supply 6.5 lb 7.5 in. 6.5 in. 3.2 in. 

2.9 kg 190.5 mm 165.1 mm 81.3 mm 

M10 Power Supply 18 lb 12 in. 6 in. 7 in. 

8.16 kg 304.8 mm 152.4 mm 177.8 mm 

Change 3 1-9



1-9 EQUIPMENT DATA (CONT). 

Table 1-1 Weights and Dimensions 

EQUIPMENT WEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT 

BA3517/U Battery 7.5 lb 6.3 in. 7.7 in. 5 in. 

3.4 kg 160 mm 195.6 mm 130 mm 



I 

I 

16 lb 

9 in. 

10 in. 

14 in. 

7.3 kg 

I 228.6 mm I 254.0 mm I 355.6 mm 

15 lb 

9 in. 10 in. 9 in. 

6.8 kg I 228.6 mm 254.0 mm 228.6 mm 

Table 1-2 Performance 

Environmental Limits: 

Temperature 

Humidity 

-40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +49°C) 

3 to 100 percent relative humidity 

Power Requirements: 




M42 Alarm Unit 

18 V dc to 36 V dc: 

BA3517/U Battery, or 

BB501/U Battery (M253 Winterization Kit), or 

M10 Power Supply, or 

Vehicle Power 

115/220 V ac, 50-400 Hz 

115/220 V ac, 50-400 Hz 

Battery, dry, 1.5 volts: BA3030/U (4 batteries) 

Maximum Number of 24-Hour Missions: 

Average Air Replace BA3517/U Battery Recharge BB501/U Battery 

Temperature (°F)(°C) After: (missions) After: (missions) 

70 to 120 (21 to 49) 4 6 

60 to 70 (16 to 21) 3 5 

50 to 60 (10 to 16) 2 4 

30 to 50 (-1 to 10) 1 3 

20 to 30 (-7 to -1) 

1 

2 

0 to 20 (-18 to -7) Do not use BA3517/U 

2 

-40 to 0 (-40 to -18) below 20°F(-7°C) 

1 

NOTE 

When the BB501/U is used, see TM 11-6140-203-14-1 for storage and recharge instructions. 

1-10 Change 3



1-10 EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS. 

Manpack 

CONFIGURATION 

Table 1-3. Configurations 

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 

1. M43A1 Detector 

2. BA3517/U Battery 

3. Backpack 

(a) Field Pack Frame 

(b) Cargo Support Shelf 

(c) Webbing Straps 

Fixed Emplacements 

Wheeled Vehicles 

Tracked Vehicles 

Probe 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 


M42 Alarm (optional, up to 5) 

Power Options 

(a) BA3517/U Battery 

(b) BA3517/U Battery and M10 or M10A1 Power Supply 

(c) M10A1 or M10 Power Supply 

(d) M253 Winterization Kit (replaces BA3517/U Battery 

at temperatures below 200 F). 


M42 alarm 

BA3517/U Battery (optional) 



M42 Alarm 



BA351 7/U Battery 

Probe Assembly 

I 

1-11 SAFETY CARE AND HANDLING. 

a. Rules and Regulations. The cell module of the MA43A1 Detector contains a radioactive 

component which is controlled by the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Title 10 Code of 

Federal Regulations. AR 385-11, AR 700-64 and AFR 161-16 implement NRC regulations. Armywide 

possession and use of cell modules is authorized by an NRC Byproduct Materials license 

(BML 12-00722-13) issued to Department of the Army, US Army Armament, Munitions and Chemical 

Command, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000. Air Force-wide possession and the use of cell modules is 

authorized by an NRC Master Materials License (42-23539-01AF) issued to the USAF Radioisotope 

Committee, HQ AFOMS/SGPR, Brooks AFB TX 78235-5000. Use at specific locations under the 

license is authorized by USAF Radioactive Material Permits issued to end item users, The license is 

issued on the basis of statements concerning procedures established for the life-cycle control of the 

items. The cell modules are issued to authorized Army activities through the US Army Armament 

Munitions and Chemical Command National Inventory Control Point (DRSMC-MMN-CS (R)) and issued to 

authorized Air Force activities through established Air Force supply procedures. Established Army 

and Air Force supply procedures are augmented by radiological control procedures, All serial 

numbers of Detector cells must be kept in accountable property books of owning activities per 

AR 710-2, para 2-90. Serial numbers of cells must be reported through the Radiation Testing and 

Tracking System (RATTS) per AR 710-3, para 4-24 through 4-39 during any transaction of the cell. 

Change 3 1-11


AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-I 

1-11 SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING (CONT). 

b. Posting Requirement, Federal Law requires certain notices, instructions and standards be made 

available to all users of licensed radioactive material. This information is Iisted in Appendix H for your 

reference; you do not need to post the information as long as it is in this TM. These pages contain 

instructions about regulations and NRC Form 3, Notice to Employees. 

c. Repair/Disposition. Do not try to remove or repair a defective cell or pump module yourself. Turn in the 

M43A1 Detector with the defective cell or pump module to intermediate direct support for repair or disposition. 

d. Emergency Procedures. 

WARNING 

IN ANY EMERGENCY EVENT, RADIATION CONTAMINATION MUST BE CONSIDERED PRESENT 

UNTIL DETERMINED OTHERWISE. 

(1) Fire, In afire emergency, the basic concern is airborne radiation contamination. Fire should be fought 

with firefighting personnel standing upwind of the fire. Firefighters should wear portable air systems. After the fire 

has been extinguished, debris must be surveyed for M43A1 Detectors containing AM-241 sources as well as 

radiation contamination which may have been spread by burning. Radiac Set AN/PDR-27 is used by unit maintenance 

for detecting the location of AM-241. An Alpha Meter (AN/PDR-56 or equivalent) is used by intermediate direct 

support to estimate the amount of radiation contamination on wipes taken at accident site. 

(2) Accidental Destruction. If your M43A1 Detector is accidentally destroyed follow the following 

procedures. 

(a) Notify authorities. (NBC NCO, Officer, Radiation Protection Officer (RPO)). 

(b) Put on disposable gloves (item 8, app E). 

(c) Pick up all pieces of your detector and place in plastic bag (item 2, app E). 

(d) Survey area and detector for possible radiation contamination using Radiac Set 

AN/PDR-27, TM 11-6665-230-15. If you find contamination, notify RPO. 

(3) Emergency Response in General. In emergency situations, use the following procedures as 

guidelines. 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

Remove injured and spectators. 

Isolate area. 

Survey area for possible radiation. 

Notify authorities (NBC NCO, Officer or RPO). 

1-12 Change 2


Section III. TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 

1-12 PURPOSE AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS. 

The purpose of the M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm is to detect the presence of nerve gas and 

sound an alarm. It can be used at a fixed location, hand carried, carried on a backpack, or mounted on a 

vehicle. 

The system consists of: (1) an M43A1 Detector; (2) M42 Alarm Units that can be placed at locations 

remote from the detector; (3) a choice of power supplies and batteries; and (4) mounting hardware. 

1-13 DETECTOR AIRFLOW SAMPLING OPERATION. 

(1) AIR INLET, When open, permits air to enter the detector. 

(2) AIR INLET HEATER. Heats intake air. 

(3) AIR FILTER, Removes dust and other particles. 

(4) CELL MODULE. Detects presence of nerve gas and triggers electronic amplifier module. 

(5) ELECTRONICS MODULE. Sounds warning horn, Provides power to alarm units through binding 

posts and telephone wire. Shuts off pump. 

(6) PUMP MODULE. Drives air through detector. 

(7) AIR OUTLET. Allows air to escape. 

(8) OUTLET FILTER. Provides filter system for indoor use. 

Change 1 1-13/(1-14 blank)



CHAPTER 2 

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 

PARA 

2-1 

2-2 

2-3 

2-4 

2-5 

2-6 

2-7 

2-8 

2-9 

2-1o 

2-11 

2-12 

2-13 

2-14 

2-15 

2-16 

2-17 

2-18 

2-19 

Description and Use of Operator’s Controls and Indicators: 

M43A1 Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PMCS General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PMCS Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Usual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Assembly and Preparation for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Usual Reservicing Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Preparation for Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating instructions on Decals and instruction Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating Under Unusual or Severe Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operational Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation in Cold Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation in Blowing Sander Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation in Rain, Sleet, or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Emergency Operation with Broken Controls or Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PAGE 

2-2 

2-5 

2-6 

2-7 

2-9 

2-9 

2-37 

2-37 

2-65 

2-66 

2-89 

2-102 

2-109 

2-109 

2-114 

2-116 

2-117 

2-117 

2-118 


This chapter tells you how to assemble and prepare the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary equipment for use 

under usual conditions. It also describes how to operate the equipment under unusual and emergency 

conditions. Additionally, you will reinstructed in how to perform Preventive Maintenance Checks and 

Services (PMCS) on the equipment 

NOTE 

Leave the FLOWMETER installed on the AIR INLET during indoor training and maintenance 

requiring operation of the M43A1 detector. 

Change 2 2-1


Section I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 

2-1 M43A1 DETECTOR. 

KEY 

CONTROL OR INDICATOR 

FUNCTION 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Detector Meter 

HORN VOL Knob 

Horn 

Air Inlet 

BIT PRESS Button 

BATTERY TEST & RESET 

PRESS Button 

Indicates power source voltage (black band). 

Indicates operational readiness (green band). 

Adjust alarm loudness. 

Makes a warning sound when a nerve agent is 

detected (and during testing). 

Allows air sample to be drawn into detector 

when cap is open. Provides a watertight seal 

when thumbscrew assembly is installed. 

Tests detector electronics. 

When button is pressed and held, the battery 

voltage can be read on the detector meter. The meter 

should read in the black band. Pushing this 

button also shuts off the alarm and resets the 

detector. 

2-2 Change 1


2-1 M43A1 DETECTOR 

KEY 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 


REMOTE Binding Posts 

Handle 

FLOWMETER 

Thumbscrew 

Air Filter Plug 

Air Filter 

Catch 

24 VDC INPUT Connector 

FUNCTION 

Provides attaching points for interconnecting 

wires to an M42 Alarm. 

Used when hand carrying the detector. Also 

used to store rain shield assembly and FLOW- 

METER. 

Used to measure air flow entering air inlet. 

Provides a watertight seal 

Provides access to air filter. 

Filters inlet air before it goes through the 

cell module for detection. 

Attaches bottom case in four places to 

detector. 

Power source connector with protective cover. 

2-3


AIR FORCE TO11H2-17-1 

2-1 M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT). 

-KEY- 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

CONTROLLER OR INDICATOR 

Air Outlet Cap 

Air Outlet 

Strap Fastening Loop 

Rainshield 

Adapter 

Toggle Switch 

FUNCTION 

NOTE 

Switch is off when pointing to edge of case, 

Protects air outlet (16) when the detector is not in 

use. Makes a watertight seal. 

Allows air to be exhausted from M43A1 Detector 

when air outlet cap (15) is removed. 

Used when hooking the detector to backpack frame, 

Keeps rain or snow out of air inlet. Must be used with 

adapter (19). 

Connects rain shield or FLOWMETER to air inlet, 

Stops pump from turning off when unit is in 

alarm. Switch is off during normal operation. Remove 

bottom case using latches to see toggle switch. The 

switch can be used for clearing a contaminated 

detector when meter will not return to green band and 

alarm continues to sound after pushing the BATTERY 

TEST AND RESET PRESS button. 

2-4 Change 3


2-2 M42 ALARM UNIT 

KEY 


FUNCTION 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

O-ring 

ALARM-RED Indicator 

Horn 

Binding Posts 

Selector Switch 

Provides away of securing WD-1/TT Telephone 

Cable to the M42 Alarm before attaching 

cable to binding posts. 

Flashes when the M43A1 Detector senses a 

nerve agent. 

Sounds alarm when the M43A1 Detector senses a 

nerve agent. 

Used to connect the M42 Alarm to the 

M43A1 Detector through WD-1/TT Telephone 

Cable. 

Selects operational mode: 

HORN ON 

HORN OFF 

TEST 

2-5



2-3 M10A1 POWER SUPPLY. 

KEY 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


J1 Connector 

J2 Connector 

RESET/SET 

2 AMP Fuse 

SPARE Fuse 

BATlndicator 

Voltage Select Switch 

Clamping Catch 

W1 Cable 

‘UNCTION 

W1 cable connects here. 

Standby battery connects here. 

Resets to normal source of power. 

2 ampere circuit fuse. 

Spare 2-ampere fuse. 

Indicates that ac power was lost and power has 

been switched to standby battery. 

Set for power input voltage: 220 V, OFF, or 

115 V 

Used to fasten power to bottom of M43A1 Detector 

Used to connect M43A1 Detector to M10A1 Power 

Supply. Also connects M10A1 Power Supply to 

either 115V ac or 220 V ac source. 

2-6 Change 3


2-4 M10 POWER SUPPLY 

KEY 


FUNCTION 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

STANDBY BATTERY 

Cable (W3) 

POWER ON Indicator 

Voltage Select Switch 

DETECTOR POWER 

Cable (W2) 

Strap 

Annunciator 

Connects BA3517/U Battery or M253 Winterization 

Kit as standby power source, 

Lights when M10 Power Supply is producing dc 

power. 

Used to control the application of ac power to 

the M10 Power Supply. Three positions: 220 V, 

OFF, and 115 V. 

Connects the M10 Power Supply to the M43A1 

Detector. 

Used to secure three cables (W1, W2, and W3) 

to the handle for shipment or storage. 

An automatic indicator that can be reset by 

hand. Has two indicating positions: 

a. All white: M10 Power Supply is operating 

and providing power to M43A1 Detector. 

b. Black/White: M10 Power Supply has failed 

and power was switched to standby battery 

2-7


2-4 M10 POWER SUPPLY (CONT). 

KEY 


FUNCTION 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

SPARE 3 AMP 

SPARE 2 AMP 

3 AMP 

2 AMP 

115/220 V Cable (W1) 



3-ampere circuit fuse. 

2-ampere circuit fuse. 

Connects M10 Power Supply to an avaiiable 

115/220 V ac power source. 

2-8


Section Il. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 

2-5 PMCS GENERAL. 

a. Before you operate. 

(B) PMCS. 

Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your Before 

b. While you operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your During (D) 

PMCS every 24 hours. These checks are identical to the Usual Reservicing instructions on the outside of 

the detector. 

c. If your equipment does no tperform as required, refer to Chapter 3 under Operator 

Troubleshooting Procedures for possible problems. Report any malfunctions or failures on DA Form 

2404. 

2-6 PMCS PROCEDURES. 

a. Purpose. Your Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services table lists the inspections and care 

of your equipment required to keep it in good operating condition. 

b. ITEM NUMBER column. Use this column for item numbers to put in the TM number column on DA 

Form 2404 when recording results of PMCS. 

c. INTERVAL columns. The interval column of your PMCS table tells you when to do a certain 

check or service. 

d. ITEM TO BE INSPECTED/PROCEDURE column. The items to be inspected are identified by a few 

words, usually the common name or a term such as “DETECTOR EXTERIOR. ” 

This column also contains a brief description of the procedure by which the check is to be performed. 

It contains all the information required to do the checks and services. 

e. EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY/AVAILABLE IF: column. This column tells you when and why your 

equipment cannot be used. 

2-9


AIR FORCE TO 11 H2-17-1 

Table 2-1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 

— 

Item 

No. 

B - Before Operation 

Interval 

B . D — Item to be Inspected/Procedure 

D - During Operation 

Equipment is Not 

Ready/Available if: 


1 

Detector Exterior. 

NOTE 

Clean off dirt with water only. Do not use 

cleaner, soap, or detergent of any kind. 

Look at outside of M43A1 Detector for 

dirt, corrosion and broken or missing 

parts. 

Parts broken or 

missing. 

2 

Rain Shield and Adapter Assembly. 

Unscrew rain shield (1) from handle. 

Remove adapter (2) from rain shield and 

check both for dirt and chips. Check 

preformed packing (3) on adapter and 

nonmetallic washer (4) on rain shield 

for cracks, cuts or dirt, Check for 

missing parts, Return rain shield and 

adapter assembly to handle. 

Parts broken, 

cracked or missing 

2-10 

Change 2



— 

Item 

No. 


Interval 

B— D Item to be Inspected/Procedure 





3 

FLOWMETER. 

Unscrew FLOWMETER (5) from handle. 

Check for missing parts, dirt, or 

cracks. Check nonmetallic washer (6) 

and meter adapter (7) for dirt or 

cracks. Return FLOWMETER to handle. 

Parts broken, 

cracked or missing. 

2-11





I t e m I n t e r v a l 

No. B D 

Item to be insDected/procedure 




4 

● 

MA43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) 

Top Case. 

WARNING 

THE CELL MODULE OF THE M43A1 

DETECTOR CONTAINS A RADIO- 

ACTIVE SOURCE. IF A CELL MODULE 

IS BROKEN OR DAMAGED, USER 

COULD BE EXPOSED TO RADIATION. 

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE 

MODULES. 

Release four clamping catches (8) and lift top 

case (9) from bottom case (10). Lay top case 

on its side as shown. Check J10 test connector 

(11) for dirt or corrosion. Look at detector 

interior and inspect for broken, loose, or 

missing parts. 

Broken, loose, or 

missing parts. 

NOTE 

Ensure toggle switch is pointing 

toward edge of case (off position). 

Pump will continue to run after alarm 

sound if switch is not in off position. 

2-12 Change 3



Item 

No. 

B- Before 

Interval 

B— — D 

Operation 

Item to be Inspected/Procedure 




5 

● 


Bottom Case. 

Inspect bottom case 

broken or corroded 

Inspect rubber seal 

cracks. 

(10) for bent, 

heater contacts (12). 

13) for cuts or 

Heater contacts 

broken or corroded. 

Rubber seal missing, 

cut or cracked. 

221-285 0 - 88 - 2 

2- 13



Item 

No. 

B - Before 

Interval 

B D 

Operation 





5 ● 

(cont) 

M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) 

Bottom Case (cont). 

Set top case into bottom case and clamp 

four clamping catches (8). 

2-14



— 

Item 

No. 

- Before 

Interval 

B— — D 

Operation 






NOTE 

The D column of the following 

Operational Check is a detailed 

description of the reservicing 

instructions on 

your M43A1 Detector. 

6 

● 

● 

Operational Check 

Unscrew thumbscrew (14) from air 

inlet (15). Remove rain shield (1) 

and adapter (2) from handle, Separate 

rain shield and adapter by pulling 

apart 

Fails Operational 

Check 

● 

Screw adapter (2) into air inlet (15). 

● 

● 

2-15




Item 

No. — 

- Before Operation 

Interval 

Item to be Inspected/procedure 

I 




I M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) 

6 

(Cont) 

Operational Check (cont). 

Remove FLOWMETER (5) from handle 

Put FLOWMETER (5) onto adapter (2). 

2-16 Change 2



6 

● 

Operational Check. 

Attach BA3517/U Battery. Tilt detector 

and insert strike catch (16) on bottom 

of detector into metal strap (17) on 

battery. Clamp detector to battery 

using clamping catch (18). 

2-17



Table 2-1. 

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 



Item 

No. 

Interval 

Item to be lnspected/procedures 


Ready/A vailable if: 

M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) ] 

(cont) 

Operational Check (cont) 

WARNING 

DO NOT OPERATE M43A1 DETECTOR 

INDOORS UNLESS AN OUTLET FILTER 

(ITEM 7, APP E) IS INSTALLED. RADIA- 

TION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

NOTIFY ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTE- 

NANCE TO INSTALL FILTER. 

NOTE 

Notify personnel within hearing range 

that the M43A1 Detector will be 

tested. 

Remove air outlet cap (19). Remove cover (20) 

from 24 VDC INPUT (21) and connect power 

cable (22). 

2-18 Change 3




Item 

No. 

Before 

Interval 

D 

Operation 

ltem to be Inspected/Procedure 




[ M43A1 DETECTOR I 

6 

Operational Check. 

NOTE 

If alarm sounds when battery is 

connected, allow the alarm to sound 

at least five times. Then press BAT- 

TERY TEST AND RESET PRESS 

button. The above procedure may 

have to be repeated several times. 

● 

Press and hold BATTERY TEST AND RESET 

PRESS button (23). Read detector 

meter (24). Detector meter should read in black 

band. Release BATTERY TEST AND RESET 

PRESS button. 

Detector meter does not 

read in black band. 

Change 2 2-19






Item 

No. 

Interval 




M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) I 

(cont) 

Operationa l Check (cont) 

FLOWMETER ball (25) should read within green 

band (26) of the FLOWMETER (5). 

FLOWMETER does not 

read within green 

- 

band. 

2-20 Change 3

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-1281P 





Item 

No. 

Interval 

Item to be Inspected/procedure 



M43A1 DETECTOR] 

6 

Operational Check 

Look at detector meter on top case. 

Meter should be in the green band (27). 

Detector meter is not 

n green band. 

NOTE 

If detector has not been in use 

for a long time, it may take 

15 minutes or longer for meter 

to reach green band. 

Change 3 2-21




Item 

No, 


Item to be InspectedVProcedure 



Readv/Available if: 

[ M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT) I 

(cont) 

Operational Check (cont). 

Release side and rear clamping 

catches (8) and detector will open just 

far enough to break the air seal between top 

case and bottom case. 

CAUTION 

IN THE FOLLOWING STEP, DO NOT 

RUN DETECTOR FOR MORE THAN 30 

SECONDS WITH AIR OUTLET CAP 

IN PLACE, OR DAMAGE TO THE EQUIP- 

MENT MAY RESULT. 

Observe FLOWMETER (5) while closing off 

air outlet (28) with air cap (19). The flow 

rate should drop to zero when air outlet 

is capped. If and when you should cover 

the air outlet with the air outlet cap and 

the flow rate does not drop to zero, you 

should cover the air outlet with your 

finger. Your finger or cap should be 

removed from air outlet immediately after 

ball drops to zero. Attach clamping 

catches (8) to detector. 

Flow rate does not drop 

to zero 

2-22 Change 3



2-23



2-24



2-25




2-26 Change 3



2-27




2-28 Change 2




Change 3 2-29



2-30



AIR FORCE TO 11H2-1 7-1 

Change 2 2-31



2-32




Change 2 2-33



Table 2-1, 

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 

Change 2




2-35



2-36


2-7 USUAL CONDITIONS. 

Section Ill. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS 

This section tells you how to assemble, inspect, test, and get the detector ready for operation under 

usual conditions. Usual operating conditions are: 

a. Air temperature above 20°F (-7°C). 

b. No rain, sleet, or snow. 

c. No blowing dust or sand. 

2-8 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE. 

Before you take the M8A1 Alarm and applicable auxiliary equipment on a mission, go to Section Il. 

Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). Do the “Before Operation” checks in 

Table 2-1. 

a. Assembling Manpack Alarm System. 

The man pack alarm system consists of: 

• M43A1 Detector 

l BA3517/U Battery 

l Field pack frame 

• Cargo support shelf 

l Webbing straps 

2-37


2-8 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE (CONT). 

a. Assembling Manpack Alarm System (cont). 

(1) BA3517/U Battery and M43A1 Detector. 

(a) Insert catch strike (1) on M43A1 Detector into slot of metal strap (2) on battery. 

Detector. 

(b) Engage and lock clamping catch (3) onto catch strike on opposite side of M43A1 

CAUTION 

DO NOT CONNECT BATTERY CABLE T0 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR ON M43A1 

DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCEDURE OR 

DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

(2) Backpack. 

(a) Remove the folded and sewn ends (1) of the two web straps (2) 

by cutting the ends off with a knife. 

(b) Remove the buckles (3) from the web straps (2) by sliding the 

buckles away from the hook (4) ends of the web straps and off the cut ends of 

the web straps. 

2-38




(2) Backpack. 

(c) Place cargo shelf (5) in horizontal position on bottom bar (6) on field pack frame (7) 

(d) Pass loose end of web straps (2) inward through holes (8) in frame. Pull strap through 

until hooks (9) bind in holes (8). 

shelf (5). 

(e) Pass loose end of web straps (2) under bottom bar (6) and through slot (10) on cargo 

2-39




(2) Backpack (cont). 

(f) Position M43A1 Detector (11) with attached BA3517/U Battery (12) centered on cargo 

shelf (5) so that air filter plug (13) is facing away from field pack frame (7). 

(9) pass right web strap (2) across M43A1 Detector and attached battery. 

(h) Pass loose end of right web strap (2) through strap fastener loop (14) on left side of 

M43A1 Detector and pull web strap tight. 

2-40




(2) Backpack. 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION . - - - - - 

DO NOT BLOCK AIR OUTLET WITH WEB STRAP OR DAMAGE TO AIR INLET 

HEATER AND PUMP MAY OCCUR. 

(i) Pass loose end of right web strap (2) around left side of backpack frame (7) above middle 

bar (15), pull web strap tight and tie it securely around backpack frame (7) using a nonslip knot. 

Ensure web strap (2) does not block air outlet (16). 

(]) pass left web strap (2) across M43A1 Detector and attached battery. 

(k) Pass loose end of web strap (2) through strap fastener loop (17) on right side of M43A1 

Detector and pull web strap tight. 

2-41




(2) Backpack (cont). 

(1) Pass loose end of web strap (2) around 

bar (15), pull web strap tight and tie it securely around 

NOTE 

right side of backpack frame (7) above middle 

backpack frame (7) using a nonslip knot. 

Your equipment is now ready for 

operation. Go to para 2-10. 

2-42



Before you take the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary equipment on a mission, go to Section II, Operator 

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), Do the “Before Operation” checks in Table 2-1. 

b. Assembling Fixed Emplacement Alarm System. 

The fixed emplacement alarm system can use the following equipment configurations: 

Page 

• M43A1 Detector 2-44 

BA3517/U Battery 

• M43A1 Detector 2-45 



● M43A1 Detector 2-47 



• M43A1 Detector 


● M43A1 Detector 


● Any of above 

combinations with 

1 to 5 M42 Alarms 

2-49 

2-51 

2-52 

2-43



b. Assembling Fixed Emplacement Alarm System (cont), 

(1) M43A1 Detector and BA3517/U Battery, 

(a) Insert strike catch (1) on M43A1 Detector into slot of metal strap (2) on battery. 

(b) Engage and lock clamping catch (3) onto catch on opposite side of M43A1 Detector. 

CAUTION 

DO NOT CONNECT BATTERY CABLE T0 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR ON M43A1 

DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCEDURE OR 

DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

(c) Remove thumbscrew (4) from air inlet 

(d) Remove air outlet cap (5) from air outlet 

NOTE 

Your equipment is now ready for operation. Go to para 2-10. 

2-44




(2) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery, and M10A1 Power Supply. 

(a) Attach power supply (1) to bottom of M43A1 Detector (2) and secure clamping 

catches (3) to strike catches (4). 

slot (7), 

(b) Attach battery (5) to bottom of power supply (1) by inserting strike catch (6) into 

(c) Engage and lock clamping catch (8) onto catch strike on opposite side. 

221-385 0 - 88 - 3 2-45



b. Assembling Fixed Emplacement Alarm System (cont). 

(2) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery, and M10A1 Power Supply (cont). 

(d) Unscrew protective covers on connectors J1 (9) and J2 (10) on power supply (1) and on 

cable end (11). 

(e) Connect battery cable (12) to J2 connector (10). 

(f) Connect cable connector (11) to J1 connector (9). 

- - - - - - 

-CAUTION 

- - - - - 

DO NOT CONNECT CABLE CONNECTOR (13) TO 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR ON 

M43A1 DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCE- 

DURES OR DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

Make sure voltage select switch (14) is in OFF position. 

Remove thumbscrew cap (15) from air inlet. 

Remove air outlet cap (16) from air outlet. 

2-46




NOTE 


(3) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery, and M10 Power Supply 

(a) Insert catch strike (1) on M43A1 Detector into slot of metal strap (2) on battery (3). 

Detector. 

(b) Engage and lock clamping catch (4) onto catch strike on opposite side of M43A1 

(c) Remove thumbscrew cap(5) from air inlet. 

(d) Remove air outlet cap (6) from air outlet. 

(e) Make sure voltage select switch (7) is in OFF position. 

2-47



b. Assembling Fixed EmpIacement Alarm System (cont) 

(3) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery, and M10 Power Supply (cont). 

(f) Connect STANDBY BATTERY cable (8) to BA3517/U Battery (item 3, app E). 

CAUTION 

DO NOT CONNECT DETECTOR POWER CABLE (9) TO 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR 

ON M43A1 DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCE- 

DURES. DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

NOTE 


2-48




(4) M43A1 Detector and M10A1 Power Supply. 

NOTE 

Use standby battery with M10A1 Power Supply whenever available. 

(a) Place voltage select switch (1) in OFF position. 

(b) Attach power supply (2) to bottom of M43A1 Detector (3) and secure two clamping 

catches (4) to catch strikes (5). 

2-49



b. Assembling Fixed Emplacement Alarm System (cont). 

(4) M43A1 Detector and M10A1 Power Supply (cont). 

(c) 

on cable (8). 

(d) 

Unscrew protective cover on connector J1 (6) on power supply (2) and on connector (7) 

Connect connector (7) of cable (8) to connector J1 (6) on power supply (2). 

— . — 

CAUTION 

———— 

DO NOT CONNECT CABLE CONNECTOR (9) TO M43A1 DETECTOR UNTIL 

INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCEDURES. DAMAGE TO 

INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

(e) Remove thumbscrew (10) from air inlet. 

(f) Remove air outlet cap (11) from air outlet. 

NOTE 

Your equipment is now ready for operation. Go to para 2-10 

2-50



b. Assembling Fixed Emplacement Alarm System 

(5) M43A1 Detector and M10 Power Supply. 

NOTE 

Use standby battery with M10 Power Supply whenever available. 

(a) 

Make sure voltage select switch (1) is in OFF position. 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

DO NOT CONNECT DETECTOR POWER CABLE (2) TO 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR (3) 

ON M43A1 DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE OPERATING PROCE- 

DURES. DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR. 

(c) Remove air outlet cap (5) from air outlet. 

NOTE 


2-51

ARMY TM 3-6665-12&P 



b. Assembling Fixed Emplacements Alarm Systems (cont). 

(6) M42 Alarms. 

(a) Use the figure as a guide for connecting more than one M42 Alarm to an M43A1 

(b) Allowing about 1 foot of slack at the end of each cable, string WD-1/TT Telephone 

Cable between M43A1 Detector (1) and M42 Alarm (2) as shown in figure, 

(c) About 9 inches from end of telephone cable, tie each telephone cable to D-ring (3) on 

its M42 Alarm (2). 

NOTE 

● Length A must not exceed 400 meters. 

● Length B + Length C must not exceed 400 meters. 

● Length B + length D + Length E must not exceed 400 meters. 

(d) Strip about 1 inch of insulation from the end of each wire to be connected. 

2-52 Change 3




(6) M42 Alarms. 

(e) Connect wires to binding posts (4). 

(f) About 9 inches from detector end of telephone cable, tie each telephone cable to strap 

fastener loop (5) on detector. 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

Strip about 1 inch of insulation from each wire to connector. 

Connect wires to binding posts (6). 

Turn selector switch (7) to HORN ON position. 

NOTE 

Your alarm is now ready for operation. 

2-53



Before you take the equipment on a mission, go to Section Il. Operator Preventive Maintenance 

Checks and Services (PMCS). Do the ‘ { Before Operation” checks in Table 2-1. 

c. 

Assembling Vehicle Alarm Systems. 

● 

● 

The vehicle alarm system can use the following equipment configurations: 

Wheeled Vehicles 



M42 Alarm 

BA3517/U Battery (optional) 

Tracked Vehicles 



M42 Alarm 

Page 

2-55 

2-61 

2-54



c. Assembling Vehicle Alarm Systems. 

(1) Wheeled Vehicles. 

(a) Find your M43A1 Detector and M42 Alarm mounting locations. 

2-55



c. Assembly Vehicle Alarm systems (cont). 

(1) Wheeled Vehicles (cont). 

(b) If BA3517/U Battery (1) is not used, go to step (i). 

(c) If BA3517/U Battery (1) is used, insert catch strike (2) on M43A1 Detector into slot of 

metal strap (3) on battery. 

(d) Engage and lock clamping catch (4) onto catch strike on opposite side of detector. 

---- -- 

CAUTION ---- -- 

DO NOT CONNECT BATTERY CABLE (5) OR M228 MOUNTING KIT POWER CABLE 

(10) TO 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR ON DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO 

IN OPERATING PROCEDURES. DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY 

OCCUR. 

DISCONNECT M228 MOUNTING KIT CABLE FROM VEHICLE BEFORE JUMP START- 

ING OR DAMAGE TO MOUNTING KIT ELECTRICAL CABLE ASSEMBLY COULD 

RESULT. 

2-56





(e) Loosen two wing nuts (6) and swing retainer bar (7) forward and down. 

(f) Place detector and battery assembly (8) in mount (9). 

(g) Place retaining bar (7) on top forward edge of detector and tighten wing nuts (6). 

(h) Remove M228 Mounting Kit cable (10) connector from dummy connector (11) and insert 

battery cable connector (5) in dummy connector (11). 

NOTE 

Go to step m. 

2-57




c. Assembling Vehicle Alarm Systems (cont). 

(1) Wheeled Vehicles (cent). 

(i) If BA3517/U Battery is not used, lower shelf assembly 

(j) Loosen two wing nuts (13) and swing retainer bar (14) 

12) to horizontal position, 

forward and down, 

-— —— -- 

CAUTION —— ---- 

DO NOT CONNECT M228 MOUNTING KIT POWER CABLE (15) TO 24 VDC INPUT 

CONNECTOR ON DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN OPERATING 

INSTRUCTIONS, DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR, 

(k) 

(1) 

(m) 

(n) 

Place detector on shelf assembly (12). 

Place retaining bar (14) on top forward edge of detector and tighten wing nuts (13). 

Remove air outlet cap (16) from air outlet. 

Remove thumbscrew (17) from air inlet. 

2-58 Change 2




c. Assemblinlg Vehicle Alarm Systems. 


(o) Place alarm (18) in bracket (19) so that it is snug against pad (20). 

(p) Hook two clamping catches (21) over knurled screws (22) and press down to secure. 

Change 2 2-59




c. Assembling Vehicle Alarm Systems (cent). 

(1) Wheeled Vehicles (cent). 

(q) Remove protective tape from ends of cable harness wires (1) and connect 

wires to binding posts (2). 

(r) Turn selector switch to HORN ON position. 

NOTE 


2-60 

Change 2




(2) Tracked Vehicles. 

(a) Find your M43A1 Detector and M42 Alarm mounting locations. 

Change 1 2-61





(2) Tracked Vehicles (cont). 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

wing nuts (1). 

Loosen two wing nuts (1) and swing retainer bar (2) forward and down. 

Place M43A1 Detector in mount. 

Raise retaining bar (2), and position it on top edge of M43A1 Detector, and tighten 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

DO NOT CONNECT M182 MOUNTING KIT POWER CABLE (3) TO 24 VDC INPUT 

CONNECTOR (4) ON M43A1 DETECTOR UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THE 

OPERATING PROCEDURES, DAMAGE TO INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY OCCUR 

DISCONNECT M182 MOUNTING KIT CABLE FROM VEHICLE BEFORE JUMP START- 

ING OR DAMAGE TO MOUNTING KIT ELECTRICAL CABLE ASSEMBLY COULD 

RESULT. 

(e) Remove air outlet cap (5) from air outlet. 

(f) Remove thumbscrew (6) from air inlet. 

2-62 Change 2





(2) Tracked Vehicles. 

(g) Place M42 Alarm (7) in bracket (8) so that it is snug against pad (9). 

(h) Hook two clamping catches (10) over knurled screws (11) and Press down to secure. 

(i) Remove protective tape from ends of cable 

wires to binding posts (2). 

harness wires (1) and connect 

(j) Turn selector switch to HORN ON position. 

NOTE 


Change 2 2-63




d. Assembling Probe System. 

The probe alarm system consists of: 



Probe Assembly (item 15, App E) 

(1) BA3517/U Battery and M43A1 Detector. 

CAUTION -------- 

Do not connect battery cable to 24 VDC connector on M43A1 Detector until instructed to do so in the 

operating procedure or damage to internal components may occur. 

(a) Insert catch strike (1) on M43A1 Detector into slot of metal strap (2) on battery. 

(b) Engage and lock clamping catch (3) onto catch strike on opposite side of M43A1 Detector. 

2-64 Change 2




d. Assembling Probe System. 

(2) Probe. 

(a) Unscrew thumbscrew (4) from AIR INLET 

(5). Remove RAIN SHIELD (6) and adapter (7) from handle. 

Separate RAIN SHIELD and adapter by pulling apart. 

(b) Screw adapter (7) into AlR INLET(5). 

(c) Store RAIN SHIELD (6) in handle. 

loops to 

(d) Place rubber band (8) around the barrel of the 

aline it with the RAIN SHIELD adapter(7). 

(e) Attach probe (10) to RAIN SHIELD adapter (7). 

NOTE 


Change 2 2-65



2-9 USUAL RESERVICING INSTRUCTIONS. 

Reservicing shall be done every 24 hours. You may want to test detector more often to see if it is 

still working. Use the Usual Reservicing Instructions on the decal on the outside of the detector. If you 

want more detail than given on the decal, refer to the Operator’s Preventive Maintenance Checks and 

Services(PMCS). The reservicing procedures are identical to the “During” PMCS checks. 

If you have any problems while performing the checks, refer to Chapter 3, para 3-3 Symptom Index. 

2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES. 

a. 

b. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

c. 

d. 

e. 

Manpack. 

Fixed Emplacement. 













Wheeled Vehicles. 

Tracked Vehicles. 

Probe - 

Page 

2-67 

2-70 

2-72 

2-75 

2-77 

2-80 

2-82 

2-85 

2-86.1 

2-66 Change 3




a. Manpack. 

M43A1 Detector and BA3517/U Battery. 

WARNING 

DO NOT OPERATE M43A1 DETECTOR INDOORS UNLESS AN OUTLET FILTER 

(ITEM 7, APP E) IS INSTALLED. DO NOT OPERATE INSIDE MOVING VEHICLE 

WITH OR WITHOUT FILTER. RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. NOTIFY 

UNIT MAINTENANCE TO INSTALL FILTER. 

(1) Remove thumbscrew (1) from air inlet (2). 

(2) Remove air outlet cap (3) from air outlet (4). 

(3) Remove rain shield and adapter (5) from handle (6). 

(4) Install rain shield and adapter (5) on air inlet (2). 

Change 2 2-67



2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES (CONT). 

a. Manpack (cont), 

M43A1 Detector and BA3517/U Battery (cont). 

(5) Remove 24 VDC INPUT protective cover (7). 

NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible range that an alarm may sound. If alarm sounds when power is 

connected, allow the alarm to sound at least five times. Then press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS 

button. The above procedure may have to be repeated several times. 

(6) Connect battery cable (8) into 24 VDC INPUT on detector. 

(7) Press BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button (9). Detector meter (10) indicates battery 

voltage and should be in black band (11). Release. 

2-68 Change 2




a Manpack. 

M43A1 Detector and BA3517/U Battery. 

(8) Observe meter (10) until needle returns to green band (12). 

NOTE 

If detector has not been used for a long time, it may take 15 minutes or longer for the 

meter to reach green band. 

Your equipment is now operating. 

Change 3 2-69




b. Fixed Emplacement. 

(1) M43A1 Detector and BA3517/U Battery. 

WARNING 





(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

Remove thumbscrew (1A) from air inlet (3). 

Remove air outlet cap (lB) from air outlet (lC). 

Remove rain shield and adapter (1) from handle (2). 

Install rain shield and adapter (1) on air inlet (3). 

Remove 24 VDC INPUT protective cover (4). 

2-70 

Change 3



2-10 OPERATION PROCEDURES. 



NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible range that an alarm may sound. If alarm 

sounds when power is connected, allow the alarm to sound at least five 

times. Then press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button. The above 

procedure may have to be repeated several times. 

(f) Connect battery cable (5) to 24 VDC INPUT on detector. 

(g) Press BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button (6). Detector meter (7) indicates 

battery voltage and should be in black band (8). Release. 

(h) Observe meter (7) until needle returns to green band (9). 

NOTE 

If detector has not been in use for a long time, it may take 15 minutes or 

longer for meter to reach green band. 


Change 3 2-71




b. Fixed Emplacement (cont). 

(2) M43A1 Detector. M10A1 Power Supply and BA3517/U Battery. 

WARNING 





(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 


Remove air outlet cap (lB) from air outlet (lC). 




NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible range that an alarm may sound. If an alarm 

sounds when power is connected, allow the alarm to sound at least five times. 

Then press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button. The above procedure 

may have to be repeated several times. 

2-72 Change 3



I 2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES. I 

b. Fixed Emdacement. 

(2) M43A1 Detector, M10A1 Power SUpply and BA3517/U Batterv. 

(f) Connect power cable (5) into 24 VDC INPUT connector 

(6) on detector. 

CAUTION 

To prevent damage to the electronics component, do not use power sources 

above 125 vac or 230 vac when operating the power supply. 

(g) plug M10A1 Power Supply plug (7) into correct source 115 vac or 220 vac. 

(h) Set M10A1 voltage select switch (8) to correct voltage position. 

(i) Press BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button (9) on detector. Detector meter (10) will 

indicate battery voltage. It should be in black band (11) . Hold button down. 

Change 3 2-73




b. Fixed Emplacement (cont) 

(2) M43A1 Detector, M10A1 Power SuppIy and BA3517/U Battery (cont). 

(j) press RESET/SET button (12) on power supply. Release RESET button. BAT light (13) 

will go out. Meter (10) will indicate power supply voltage. It should be in black Band (11). Release 

BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button (9). 

(k) Observe meter (10) until needle returns to green band (14). 

NOTE 

If detector has not been in use for a long time, it may take 15 minutes or longer 

for meter to reach green band. 


2-74 Change 3




b. Fixed Emplacernent. 

(3) M43A1 Detector, M10 Power SUpply and BA3517/U Battery, 

WARNING 





(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 


Remove air outlet cap (1B) from air outlet (1C). 



Remove 24 VDC INPUT protective cover.(4). 

Change 3 2-75





(3) M43A1 Detector power supply and BA3517/U (cont). 

NOTE 





(f) Plug M1O DETECTOR POWER cable (5) into 24 VDC INPUT connector (6) on detector. 

(g) plug M1O power SUPPIY plug (7) into correct 115 vac or 220 vac. 

(h) Set M1O voltage select switch (10) to” correct position. 

(i) Press BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button (11) on detector. Detector meter (12) 

will indicate battery voltage. It should be in the black band (13). Hold button down. 

(j) Reset annunciator (14) on power SUPPLY. Meter (12) will indicate power supply voltage. 

It should be in black band (13). Release button. 

2-76 Change 3

ARMY TM 3-6665-1 2&P 


2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES. I 

b. Fixed Emplacment. 

(k) Observe meter (12) until needle returns to green band (15). 

NOTE 




(4) M43A1 Detector, M1OA1 Power Supply. 

WARNING 




UNIT MAINTENANCE TO INSTALL FILTER, 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 





Remove 24 VDC INLET protective cover (4). 

Change 3 2-77



I 2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES (CONT). 


(4) M43A1 Detector, M10 Power SUpply and BA3517/U Battery (cont). 

NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible rang that an alarm may sound. If alarm sounds 

when power is connected, allow the alarm to sound at least five times. Then 

press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button. The above procedure may 

have to be repeated several times. 

(f) Connect power cable (5) into 24 VDC INPUT connector (9) on detector (8). 

CAUTION 


above 125 vac or 230 vac when operating power supply. 

(g) Plug M10A1 Power Supply plug (10) into correct source, 115 vac or 220 vac. 

(h) Set M10A1 voltage select switch (11) to correct voltage position. 

2-78 Change 3

ARMY TM 3-6665-1 2&P 


2-10 OPERAYING PROCEDURES. 


(4) M43Al Detector.M10A1 Power Supply. 

(i) Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (12) on detector. Meter (13) on 

detector will indicate power supply voltage. It should be in black band (14). Release button. 

(j) Observe meter (13) until needle returns to green band (15). 

NOTE 




Change 3 2-79



I 2-10 

OPERATING PROCEDURES (CONT) 


(5) M43A1 Detector and M10 Power Supply 

WARNING 





(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

Remove thumbscrew (1A) from air inlet (3), 



Install rain shield and adapter (1) on the air inlet (3). 


NOTE 





(f) Plug M10 DETECTOR POWER cable (5) into 24 VDC INPUT (6) on detector. 

(g) plug M10 power SUPPIy plug (7) into vac or 220 vac. 

(h) Set voltage select switch (8) to correct voltage position, 

2-80 Change 3



I 2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES. I 

b. Fixed EmPlace ment , 


(i) Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (9) on detector. Detector meter (10) 

on detector will indicate M1O power voltage. It should be in black band (11). Release. 

(j) Observe meter (10) until needle returns to green band (12). 

NOTE 




Change 3 2-81



2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES (cont). 

c. WheeledVehicles. 

WARNING 





(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 


Remove air outlet cap (16) from air outlet (C1). 


Install rain shield and adapter (1) on the air inlet (3). 


NOTE 





2-82 

Change 3




c. Wheeled Vehicles. t 

(6) Unscrew M228 Mounting Kit cable (5) from dummy connector (6). 

(7) If BA3517/U Battery is with equipment, plug battery cable into dummy connector. 

(8) Connector M228 Mounting Kit cable (5) to 24 VDC INPUT connector (7) on detector. 

Change 3 2-83



I 2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES (CONT). 

c. Wheeled Vehicles (cont). 

(9) Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (8) on detector. Detector meter (9) will 

indicate battery voltage, It should be in black band (10). Release. 


NOTE 

if detector has not been in use for a long time, it may take 15 minutes or 



2-84 Change 3




d. Tracked Vehicles. 

WARNING 


(ITEM 7, APP E) IS INSTALLED, DO NOT OPERATE INSIDE MOVING VEHICLE 

WITH OR WITHOUT FILTER, RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. NOTIFY 


(1) Remove thumbscrew (1A) from air inlet (3). 

(2) Remove air outlet cap (lB) from air outlet (1C). 

(3) Remove rain shield and adapter (1) from handle (2). 

(4) Install rain shield and adapter (1) on the air inlet (3). 

(5) Remove protective cover (4) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (5) on detector. 

(6) Disconnect M182 mounting Kit cable (6) from dummy connector (7). 

Change 3 2-85



2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES 

d. Tracked Vehicles (cont). 

NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible range that an alarm may sound. lf alarm 




(7) Connect M182 Mounting Kit cable (6) to 24 VDC INPUT connector (5) on detector. 

(8) Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (8) on detector. Detector meter (9) on 

detector will indicate battery voltage, It should be in black band (10). Release button. 


NOTE 




2-86 Change 3

[ 2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES. 



e. Probe. 

M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery and Probe, 

DO NOT OPERATE M43A1 DETECTOR INDOORS UNLESS AN OUTLET FILTER (ITEM 7, APP E) IS 

INSTALLED. DO NOT OPERATE INSIDE MOVING VEHICLE WITH OR WITHOUT FILTER, RADIATION 

EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. NOTIFY UNIT MAINTENANCE TO INSTALL FILTER. 

(1) Remove AIR OUTLET cap(l) from AIR OUTLET (2). 

(2) Remove 24 VDC INPUT protective cover(3). 

Change 2 2-86.1



2-10 OPERATING PROCEDURES (CONT). ] 

e. Probe (Cont). 

M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery and Probe (Cont) 

NOTE 

Notify personnel within audible range that an alarm may sound. If alarm sounds when power is 

connected, allow the alarm to sound at least five times. Then press BATTERY TEST and RESET 

PRESS button. The above procedure may have to be repeated several times. 

(3) Connect battery cable (4) into 24 VDC INPUT on detector. 

(4) Press BATTERY TEST and RESET PRESS button (5). Detector meter(6) indicates battery voltage and 

should be in black band (7). Release. 

(5) Observe meter (6) until needle returns to green band (8). If the detector meter does not read in green band 

within 5 minutes, discard probe and wait until meter returns to the green band before attaching a new probe. 

(6) Your equipment is now operating. 

(7) Hold probe (9) approximately one inch from the surface being monitored for vapor contamination. Use the 

probe to get in cracks, crevices and other areas where the detector cannot easily reach, DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBE 

TO THE SURFACE. ALSO DO NOT USE AROUND KNOWN INTERFERENTS. 

(8) In the event of an alarm, remove and discard probe in accordance with standard procedures for disposal 

of contaminated waste. 

2-86.2 Change 2

2-11 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT. 



a. Manoack. 

WARNING 

DO NOT REMOVE OUTLET FILTER IF INSTALLED. RADIATION DANGER. NOTIFY 

UNIT MAINTENANCE FOR REMOVAL IF MISSION REQUIRES. 

NOTE 

No action is necessary unless systems are to be shut down; then perform 

following procedures. 

(1) Remove BA3517/U Battery cable (1) from M43A1 Detector 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

(2) Screw protective cover (3) onto 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

(3) Remove rain shield assembly (4) from air inlet (5), 

(4) Store rain shield assembly (4) in handle (6). 

(5) Screw thumbscrew (7) on air inlet (5). 

Change 2 2-87


2-11 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT (CONT). 

a. Manpack (cont). 

(6) Press air outlet cap (8) on air outlet (9). 

NOTE 

The equipment is now prepared for movement. 

2-88





The fixed emplacements alarm system can use the following equipment configurations: 













● Any of the above 2-99 

combinations with 

1 to 5 M42 Alarms 

Change 3 2-89






WARNING 



(a) 

Remove BA3517/U Battery cable (1) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (2), 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

Screw protective cover (3) onto 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

Remove rain shield assembly (4) from air inlet (5). 

Store rain shield assembly (4) in handle (6), 

Screw thumbscrew (7) on air inlet (5). 

Press air outlet cap (8) on air outlet (9). 

NOTE 


2-90 Change 2





(2) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery and M10A1 Power Supply. 

WARNING 



(a) Set M10A1 voltage select switch (1) to OFF position. 

(b) Remove plug (2) from power source. 

(c) Disconnect power cable connector (3) from detector 24 VDC INPUT connector. 

(d) Disconnect power cable from J1 connector (4). 

(e) Unplug battery cable (5) from J2 connector (6). 

Change 2 2-91

TM 3-8685-312-12&P 



(2) M43AI Detector, BA3517/U Battery and M10A1 Power Supply. 

(f) Screw protective covers on cable (7) and store cable. 

(9) Screw protective cover (8) on 24 VDC INPUT connector. 

(h) Screw protective covers on J1 (4) and J2 (6) connectors on M10A1 Power Supply. 

(i) 


(j) 

(k) 

(l) 

Store rain shield assembly (9) in handle (11). 


Press air outlet cap (13) on air outlet (14), 

NOTE 


2-92





(3) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery and M10 Power Supply. 

WARNING 



(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

Set M10 voltage select switch (1) to OFF position. 

Remove plug (2) from power source. 

Unplug M10 STANDBY BATTERY cable (3) from BA3517/U Battery cable. 

Unplug DETECTOR POWER cable (4) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (5) on detector. 

Change 2 2-93


2-41 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT (CONT). ] 


(3) M43A1 Detector, BA3517/U Battery and M10 Power Supply. 

detector. 

(e) 

(f) 

(9) 

(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

Screw protective covers on all cable connectors and on 24 VDC INPUT connectors (5) on 

Coil and secure cables with strap (6) on M10 Power Supply, 


Store rain shield assembly (7) in detector handle (9). 



NOTE 

The Equipment is now prepared for movement. 

2-94





(4) M43AI Detector and M10A1 Power Supply. 

WARNING 



(a) Set M10A1 voltage select switch (1) to OFF position. 


(c) Disconnect power cable connector (3) from detector 24 VDC INPUT connector. 

(d) Disconnect power cable from J1 connectors (4). 

(e) Screw protective covers (5) on cable. 

Change 2 2-95




(4) M43A1 Detector and M10A1 Power Supply, 

(f) 

(9) 

(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

Screw protective cover on J1 (4) connector on M10AI Power Supply. 

Screw protective cover (6) on 24 VDC INPUT connector on detector. 

Remove rain shield assembly (7) from air inlet (8) on detector. 




NOTE 


2-96






WARNING 

DO NOT REMOVE OUTLET FILTER IF iNSTALLED. RADIATION DANGER. NOTIFY 


(a) Set M10 voltage select switch (1) to OFF position. 


(c) Unplug DETECTOR POWER cable (3) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (4) on detector. 

(d) Replace protective covers on cable connector; replace protective cover (5) on detector 

24 VDC INPUT connector (4). 

(e) Coil and secure cables with strap (6) on M10 Power Supply. 

Change 2 2-97



b. Fixed Emplacement(cont). 


(f) Remove rain shield assembly (7) from air inlet (8). 

(9) Store rain shield assembly (7) in detector handle (9). 

(h) Screw thumbscrew (10) on air inlet (8), 

(i) Press air outlet cap (11) on air outlet (12). 

NOTE 

The equipment is now prepared for movement 

2-98


2-11 PREPARATIoN FOR MOVEMENT. 


(6) M42 Alarm. 

(a) If M42 Alarms (10) are used, remove WD-1/TT Telephone Cable from detector binding 

posts (11) and untie from strap loop fastener (12). 

(b) Remove telephone cable from M42 Alarm binding posts (13) and untie from D-ring (14). 

(c) Coil and store cable. 

NOTE 

The equipment is now prepared for movement 

2-99

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-12&p 



c. Vehicle Alarm Systems. 

WARNING 



NOTE 

No action is necessary unless systems are to be shut down; then perform the 

following procedures. 

(1) Remove mounting kit cable (1) from M43A124 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

(2) Screw protective cover (3) on 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 





2-100 Change 2


2-11 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT.] 

c. Vehicle Alarm Systems. 

(7) If BA3517/U Battery is installed, remove battery cable (10) from dummy connector (11). 

(8) Connect mounting kit cable (1) to dummy connector (11). 

NOTE 


2-101




d. Probe. 

warning 

DO NOT REMOVE OUTLET FILTER IF INSTALLED. RADIATION DANGER. NOTIFY UNIT MAINTENANcE 

FOR REMOVAL IF MISSION REQUIRES. 

NOTE 

No action is necessary unless systems are to be shut down; then perform following procedures. 

(1) 

(2) 

Remove BA3517/u Battery cable (1)s from M43A1 Detector 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

Screw protective cover (3) on 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

2-101.1

2-11 PREPARATIoN FOR IMPROVEMENT. 



d. Probe. 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Remove probe (4) from RAIN SHIELD adapter (5). 

Remove probe (4) and rubber band (6) from handle (7). 

Remove RAIN SHIELD adapter (5) from AIR INLET (8). 

Store RAIN SHIELD adapter (5) with RAIN SHIELD (9) in handle (7). 

Screw thumbscrew (10) on AIR INLET (8). 

Press AIR OUTLET cap (11) on AIR OUTLET (12). 

N O T E 


Change 2 2-101.2


2-12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES. 

a. M43A1 Detector. 

USUAL RESERVICING INSTRUCTIONS’ 

(Refer to TM-3-6665-312-12&P for 

Detailed Instructions.) 

1. START 

A. Remove AIR INLET CAP and 

AIR OUTLET CAP. 

B. Install RAIN SHIELD ADAPTER & 

FLOWMETER 

C. Connect power. 

2. CHECK BATTERYVOLTAGE. 

3. CHECK AIR FLOW. 

4. OPERATE FOR FIVE MlNUTES OR 

UNTIL METER READING IS IN 

GREEN BAND. 

5. PRESS BIT SWITCH. ALARM SHOULD 

SOUND AND AIR FLOW SHOULD STOP. 

6. USE TEST PADDLE. 

A. Disconnect power. 

B. Remove AIR FILTER and discard 

if dust laden. 

C. Install TEST PADDLE. 

D. Connect power. Alarm may sound. 

E. Press BATTERY TEST& RESET 

PRESS switch. Alarm should sound. 

, F. Disconnect power. 

G. Remove TEST PADDLE. 

H. Install AIR FILTER. 

J. Connect power. 

K. Press BATTERY TEST& 

RESET PRESS switch. 

7. REMOVE AND STORE FLOWMETER. 

8. INSTALL RAIN SHIELD. 

2-102


2-12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES. 

a. M43A1 Detector. 

RADIATION EXPOSURE CAN OCCUR 

WHEN CELL MODULE IS OPENED. 

CELL MODULE SHOULOD NOT BE 

DISASSMBLED. 

I 

CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 

RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 

CONTROL DISPOSAL REQUIRED 

RADIOSOTOP(S)AM.241 

ACTIVITY 250 MICROCURIES 

IF FOUND RETURN TO NEAREST MILITARY 

ACTIVITY 

2-103


2-12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES (CONT). 

b. M42 Alarm. 

1- 

2- 

3- 

OPERATING 

TEST FOR NORMAL 

OPERATION BY TURNING 

ROTARY SWITCH 

TO TEST POSITION. 

LIGHT SHOULD 

FLASH AND HORN 

SHOULD SOUND. 

SELECT DESIRED 

OPERATING MODE. 

CONNECT FIELD WIRE 

FROM DETECTOR TO 

SPRING LOADED 

BINDING POSTS. 

INSTRUCTIONS 

2-104


2-12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES. I 

c. M10A1 Power Supply. 

221-3850-88-5 2-105



d. M10 Power Supply. 

2-106


2-12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES. I 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

s. 

e. M253 Winterization Kit. 

WARNING 

AREA AROUND BATTERY MUST BE WELL VENTILATED AND COVER REMOVED DURING CHARGE 

DON’T ALLOW CAUSTIC ELECTROLYTE TO CONTACT BODY, CLOTHING. TOOLS, ETC. IF CON 

TACT IS MADE, WASH IMMEDIATELY WITH WATER, NEUTRALIZE WITH 3% BORIC ACID SOLUTION 

OR VINEGAR, RINSE WlTH WATER BUT DONT ALLOW THESE FLUIDS TO ENTER CELLS, 

CAUTION: FLUSH EYES WlTH WATER ONLY, 

DON’T SHORT BATTERY WITH TOOLS OR BATTERY HARDWARE. 

INSTRUCTIONS 

REMOVE COVER AND BRUSH OFF WHITE CARBONATE DEPOSITS. WITH VENTS CLOSED 

REMOVE SHIPPING CAPS AND INSTALL VENT CAPS, IF APPLICABLE. 

REFER TO CHARGING INSTRUCTIONS ON IDENTIFIcATIoN LABEL AND TM 11 6140.203. 15. 1 

AND TM - 11.6140-203-15.3 FOR DETAILS. 

AFTER CHARGE. ALLOW 2 HOUR STAND, REMOVE VENT CAPS AND ADJUST ELECTROLYTE 

LEVEL TO 3/16 TO 1/4 IN. ABOVE PLATE TOPS USING DISTILLED WATER, REPLACE VENT 

CAPS AND COVER. 

PERIODICALLY SOAK VENT CAPS IN WATER. 

2-107

. 



f. M273 Maintenance Kit. 

2-108


Section IV. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS 

2-13 OPERATTON UNDER UNUSAL OR SEVERE CONDITIONS. ] 

This section tells you how to use the detector under unusual or severe operating conditions. Unusual 

operating conditions are: 

a. Operational Alert. 

b. Air temperature below 20°F(-7°C). 

c. Blowing dust or sand. 

d. Rain, sleet, or snow. 

e. Fording. 

f. Emergency operation with broken controls or indicators. 

[ 2-14 OPERATIONAL ALERT. 

NOTE 

The M43A1 Detector will sound the alarm when heavy concentrations of rocket 

propellant smoke, screening smoke, signaling smoke, or engine exhaust are 

present or when a nuclear explosion occurs. 

a. When the alarm system signals that chemical agents are present, perform steps (b) through(k) 

below. 

b. Immediately take the protective measures described in FM3-100. 

c. Give local alert according to local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). 

2-109


2-14. 

OPERATIONAL ALERT. 

d. 

e. 

f. 

g. 

h. 

i. 

Disconnect power cable from M43A1 Detector 24 VDC INPUT connector (1). 

Remove rain shield and adapter assembly (3) from air inlet. 

Store rain shield and adapter assembly (3) in handle (4). 

Screw thumbscrew (2) on air inlet. 

Screw protective cover (5) on 24 VDC INPUT connector (1). 

Press air outlet cap (6) on air outlet of M43A1 Detector, 

j. After a chemical agent attack, decontaminate rain shield and adapter assembly and the outside 

surfaces of all alarm system components (FM 3-5). 

2-110


2-14 OPERATIONAL ALERT. 

k. Place M43A1 Detector in operation as follows: 

(1) Remove air outlet cap (6) from air outlet (7). 

(2) Remove thumbscrew (2) from air inlet (8). 

(3) Remove rain shield (9) and adapter (10) from handle and remove adapter (10) from rain 

shield. Return rain shield (9) to handle. 

(4) Remove FLOWMETER (11) from handle, 

2-111


2-14 OPERATIONAL ALERT 

(5) Press adapter (10) onto FLOWMETER (11). 

(6) Screw FLOWMETER (11) and adapter (10) into air inlet (8). 

(7) Remove protective cover (5) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (1). 

(8) Connect power cable connector (12) to 24 VDC INPUT connector (1). Horn (13) may sound. 

Adjust HORN VOL knob (14). 

(9) Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (15). Detector meter (16) must be in black 

band. Release button. 

(10) Ball in FLOWMETER (11) must float within green band. 

(11) Remove FLOWMETER (11) from adapter (10). 

(12) Store FLOWMETER (11) in handle. 

2-112


2-14 OPERATIONAL ALERT. 

(13) Remove rain shield (9) from handle and install on adapter (10). 

(14) Observe detector meter (16) until needle returns to green band. 

NOTE 


2-15 OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER. 

NOTE 

Use M253 Winterization Kit instead of BA3517/U Battery during operation 

below 20°F (-7°C). 

2-113



2-15 OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER (CONT). 

The M253 Winterization Kit must be turned in for a fully charged replacement after: 

Two 24 hour missions at 0 to 2°F (-18 to -70C). 

One 24 hour mission below 0°F (-18°C). 

a. Make sure rain shield and adapter assembly (1) are installed in the detector air inlet (2). 

b. Make sure air outlet cap (3) is removed from air outlet (4). 

c. Remove protective cap (5) from BB501/U Battery (6), and remove protective cap (7) from 

M168 Cable Assembly connector (8). 

d. Observe shape of BB501/U Battery receptacle (9) and M168 Cable Assembly connector (8) for 

proper alinement and connect them. 

e. Remove protective cover (10) from M168 Cable Assembly connector (11) and 24 VDC INPUT 

connector (12) on detector, 

2-114 Change 3


2-15 OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER.] 

f. Connect M168 Cable connector (11) to 24 VDC INPUT connector (12) on detector. 

g. Press BATTERY TEST AND RESET PRESS button (13) and observe detector meter (14). Meter 

indicates voltage; needle should be in black band (15). Release. 

h. Observe meter (14) until needle returns to green band (16). 

NOTE 

It may take as long as 50 minutes for needle to reach green band during cold 

weather. 

Your equipment is now operating, 

2-115


2-16 OPERATION IN BLOWING SAND OR DUST. I 

If the M43A1 Detector is to be used in blowing sand or dust the air filter must be replaced at more 

frequent intervals than normal. Refer to table 2-2. 

Table 2-2. Air Filter Replacement Interval 

Sand or Dust 

Concentration 

Minimum 

Moderate 

High 

Extreme 

Typical 

Conditions 

a. Light or medium vehicle traffic on paved surface. 

b. Planes taking off from clean runway. 

c. Infantry movement on grassy or paved surface. 

a. Light or medium truck traffic on sandy surface. 

b. Heavy tank traffic on paved surface. 

c. Heavy infantry movement on sandy or dusty suface 

a. Light truck traffic on dusty surface on windy day. 

b. Medium or heavy truck traffic on dusty surface. 

c. Light tank traffic on dusty surface on calm day, 

a. Heavy truck traffic on dusty surface on windy day. 

b. Light tank traffic on dusty surface on windy day. 

c. Medium or heavy tank traffic on dusty surface. 

d. Follow 2 1/2 ton truck on dusty surface. 

Air Filter 

Replacement 

Interval (hrs) 

24 

12 

6 

1 

2-116



2-17 OPERATION IN RAIN, SLEET OR SNOW. 

NOTE 

No special procedures are required in rain, sleet, or snow. 

2-18 FORDING. 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

The M43A1 Detector is NOT submersible. 

If you have to cross a river or submerge externally mounted M43A1 Detectors, do the following: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

e. 

f. 

Remove power cable (1) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

Screw protective cap (3) over 24 VDC INPUT connector (2). 

Store RAIN SHIELD and adapter assembly (4) in handle. 



Remove the M43A1 Detector from its 

mount outside the vehicle and 

temporarily store the detector inside 

the vehicle. 

Change 2 2-117



2-19 EMERGENCY OPERATION WITH BROKEN CONTROLS OR INDICATORS. 

a. Detector Horn Does Not Work. 

If detector horn does not work, you can still use the detector by: 

(1) Observing the detector meter. Nerve agent is present if meter needle goes into black band 

and rapidly drops back to 0. 

(2) Attaching M42 Alarm. Nerve agent is present ,when M42 Alarm sounds. 

b. Detector HORN VOL Control Broken, 

If horn volume control is broken detector can still be used if alarm sounds when tested 

NOTE 

Notify unit maintenance as soon as possible to repair your M43A1 Detector. 

2-118 Change 2

CHAPTER 3 

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE 



I 

PARA 

3-1 

3-2 

3-3 

3-4 

3-5 

3-6 

3-7 

3-8 

3-9 

3-10 

3-11 

3-12 

3-13 

Lubrication Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Logic Tree Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Logic Tree, M43A1 Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Logic Tree, M42 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Logic Tree, M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Logic Tree, M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

introduction cooperator Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

BA3517/U Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Power Supply Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PAGE 

3-1 

3-1 

3-2 

3-3 

3-4 

3-12 

3-14 

3-16 

3-18 

3-19 

3-20 

3-23 

3-24 


This chapter provides troubleshooting Iogic trees to help troubleshoot the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary 

equipment. Instructions are also provided in this chapter for maintenance tasks which can be performed 

by the system operator, 

NOTE 



I 

Section l. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

[ 3-1 LUBRICATION PROCEDURES. ] 

No lubrication is required. 

Section Il. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 

[3-2 INTRODUCTION. ] 

a. troubleshooting Symptom Index lists common malfunctions you may find during operation 

or maintenance of the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary equipment. Perform the tests/inspections and 

corrective action in the order listed, 

Change 2 3-1



3-2 INTRODUCTION (CONT).] 

b. This manual cannot list all the possible malfunctions or every test/inspection and corrective action. If a 

malfunction is not listed or corrected by a listed corrective action, notify unit maintenance. 

3-3 SYMPTOM INDEX. I 

Use this index to locate the correct Troubleshooting Logic Tree for the malfunction or problem noted 

in the Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services or during operation. 

SYMPTOM 

TROUBLESHOOTING LOGIC 

TREE 

M43A1 Detector: 

1. FLOWMETER does not read in green band. 

2. Detector meter does not read in black band, 

with BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button 

depressed. 

3. Detector meter does not read in Greenland. 

4. Detector meter does not read in Greenland 

below 20°F (-7°C). 

para 3-5a 

para 3-5b 

para 3-5c 

para 3-5d 

M42 Alarm: 

M42 Alarm does not sound when detector alarms, 

para 3-6 

M10A1 Power Supply: 

M43A1 Detector meter 

with BATTERY TEST & 

does not read 

RESET PRESS 

in black zone 

button depressed. 

para 3-7 

M10 Power Supply: 

‘ M43A1 Detector meter 

with BATTERY TEST & 

does not read 

RESET PRESS 

in black zone 


para 3-8 

3-2 Change 2


3-4 LOGIC TREE PROCEDURES. 

a. Logic trees provide systematic procedures for isolation faults in the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary 

equipment. The diagram below describes the use of the troubleshooting logic tree. 

b. The Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services will allow for a complete test of the M8A1 

Alarm and auxiliary equipment. If there is a malfunction, the logic trees are used to isolate the problem 

and direct the operator to the corrective action necessary to return the unit to service. Maintenance 

procedures are used when a logic tree decision directs you to repair a defective component. 

c. After consulting the Symptom Index in paragraph 3-3, proceed to the recommended paragraph in 

the Troubleshooting Logic Tree. 

3-3


I 3-5 M43A1 DETECTOR. I 

a. SYMPTOM: FLOWMETER does not read in green band. 

WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER INSTALLED, RADI- 

ATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

NOTE 

Low airflow can be caused by clogged outlet filter. if symptom occurs during 

operation with filter, replace filter and read FLOWMETER before troubleshooting 

(para 4-13). 

3-4



I 3-5 M43A1 DETECTOR. I 


Change 2 3-5



[ 3-5 M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT). ] 

a. SYMPTOM: FLOWMETER does not read in green band (cont). 

3-6 Change 2





Change 2 3-7



3-5 M43A1 DETECTOR (CONT). ] 

b. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS 


WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER INSTALLED. 

RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

3-8 Change 2




b. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST& RESET PRESS 


Change 2 3-9




c. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in green band. 

WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER INSTALLED, 


3-10 Change 2




d. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in green band below 20°F (-7°C). 

WARNING 


RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD RESULT. 

Change 2 3-11



3-6 M42 ALARM. 

SYMPTOM: M42 Alarm does not sound when detector alarms. 

3-12 Change 2




SYMPTOM: M42 Alarm does not sound when detector alarms. 

Change 2 3-13

ARMY TM 3-6665-312&P 


3-7 M10A1 POWER SUPPLY.] 

SYMPTOM: M43A1 Detector meter does not read in black zone with BATTERY TEST & RESET 

PRESS button depressed. 

WARNING 



CAUTION 



NOTE 

The M10A1 Power Supply and M43A1 Detector must be operated without a 

battery for this troubleshooting procedure. 

3-14 Change 3




SYMPTOM: M43A1 Detector meter does not read in black zone with BATTERY TEST& RESET PRESS 


Change 2 3-15


3-8 M10 POWER SUPPLY. 

SYMPTOM: M43A1 Detector does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button 

depressed. 

WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER INSTALLED 


NOTE 

The M10 Power Supply and M43A1 Detector must be operated without a battery 

for this troubleshooting procedure. 

3-16




SYMPTOM: M43A1 Detector meter does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST& RESET PRESS 


Change 2 3-17


Section Ill. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 

3-9 INTRODUCTION. 

This section contains information and instructions for operator maintenance of the M8A1 Alarm and 

auxiliary equipment. The index below is provided for quick reference to Operator Maintenance 

procedures. 

Procedure 

Para 

BA3517/U Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 

M42 Alarm Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 

M10A1 Power Supply Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 

M10 Power Supply Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13


3-10 BA3517/U BATTERY. 

This task covers: 

a. Removal. 

b. Installation. 

INITIAL SETUP 

Material/parts: Battery (item 3, app E) 

a. Removal. 

(1) Disconnect power cable (1) from 24 VDC INPuT connector (2). 

(2) Release clamping catch (3). 

(3) Tilt detector to unhook metal strap (4) and remove battery (5). 


(1) Tilt detector and hook catch strike (6) onto metal strap (4) of battery (item 3, app E). 

(2) Secure clamping catch (3). 

3-19


3-11 M42 ALARM BATTERIES. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: Electronic equipment took kit TK-l01/G. 

Material/Parts: Battery (item 4, app E) 

a. Removal. 

(1) 

(2) 

Turn selector switch (1) to HORN OFF. 

Loosen four knurled screws (2) and separate panel assembly (3) from housing (4). 

3-20


3-11 M42 ALARM BATTERIES. 

a. Removal. 

(3) Release spring-tension clip (5) and open hinged cover of battery retainer (6). 

(4) Remove batteries from battery retainer (6) and discard. 


(1) Obtain four batteries (item 4, app E). 

NOTE 

Refer to labels in bottom of battery retainer for correct positioning of 

batteries. 

(2) Install batteries in battery retainer (6), close hinged cover, and secure it with spring-tension 

clip(5). 

3-21


3-11 M42 ALARM BATTERIES (CONT). 

b. Installation (cont). 

(3) Position panel assembly (3) in housing (4). 

(4) Secure by tightening four knurled screws (2). 

(5) Turn selector switch (1) to TEST. Loudspeaker (7) should sound and ALARM indicator (8) 

will flash. 

(6) Turn selector switch (1) to HORN OFF 

3-22


. 

3-12 M10A1 POWER SUPPLY FUSE. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal. 

(1) Set voltage select switch (1) to OFF. 

(2) Unscrew and remove fuseholder cap (2). Remove and discard fuse. 


(1) Unscrew and remove SPARE fuseholder cap (3). 

(2) Install SPARE fuseholder cap and fuse (3) in 2 AMP fuseholder (4). 

(3) Install fuseholder cap (2) in SPARE fuseholder (5). 

3-23


3-13 M10 POWER SUPPLY FUSES. 


a. Removal. 

b. Installation 

NOTE 

This procedure is applicable for both 2 and 3 AMP fuses. 

a. Removal. 

(1) Set voltage select switch (1) to OFF. 

(2) Unscrew and remove fuseholder cap (2) from 3 AMP fuseholder (3). 

(3) Pull fuse (4) from fuseholder cap (2) and discard. 

3-24


3-13 M10 POWER SUPPLY FUSES. 


- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

REPLACEMENT FUSE MUST BE SAME AMPERAGE AS DEFECTIVE FUSE BEING 

REPLACED. REPLACEMENT WITH HIGHER AMPERAGE FUSE COULD CAUSE 

DAMAGE TO POWER SUPPLY. 

(1) Unscrew fuseholder cap (5) from SPARE 3 AMP fuseholder (6). 

(2) Install fuseholder cap (5) containing SPARE 3 AMP fuse (7) into 3 AMP fuseholder (3). 

(3) Install fuseholder cap (2) in SPARE 3 AMP fuseholder (6). 

3-25/(3-26 blank)

PARA 

CHAPTER 4 

UNIT MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 



PAGE 

4-1 

4-2 

4-3 

4-4 

4-5 

4-6 

4-7 

4-8 

4-9 

4-10 

4-11 

4-12 

4-13 

4-14 

4-15 

4-15.5 

4-16 


4-18 

4-19 

4-20 

4-21 

4-22 

4-22.1 

4-23 

4-24 

4-25 

4-26 

4-27 

4-28 

4-29 

4-30 

4-31 

4-32 

4-33 

4-34 

4-35 

4-36 

4-37 

4-38 

4-39 

4-40 

Common Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Introduction (Service Upon Receipt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Procedures Introduction.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Logic Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Maintenance procedure Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 0utlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Top Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Electronics Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shield or Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Adapter Preformed Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shield Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Flowmeter and Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Flowmeter Adapter, Tip or Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Air Outlet Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rubber Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Knurled Screws or Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Lens or Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Selector Switch Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Rubber Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Cable Assembly Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A12 AMP Fuse and Spare Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Knurled Screws or Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M102 AMP and 3 AMP Fuses or Spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power on Lens and Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Cable Assembly Plug..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 and M182 Mounting Kit Cable Assembly Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Mounting Kit on 21/2 Ton Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Mounting Kit installation on 1/4 Ton Utility Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Retaining Bar Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Eye Bolts or Shouder Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-3 

4-3 

4-3 

4-3 

4-15 

4-15 


4-18 

4-30 

4-33 

4-36 

4-38 

4-40 

4-48 

4-49 

4-49.1 

4-50 

4-51 

4-52 

4-53 

4-54 

4-55 

4-57 

4-58.1 

4-59 

4-60 

4-61 

4-62 

4-64 

4-65 

4-67 

4-69 

4-71 

4-72 

4-74 

4-75 

4-76 

4-78 

4-80 

4-82 

4-85 

4-86 

Change 2 4-1



PARA 

PAGE 

4-41 

4-42 

4-43 

4-44 

4-45 

4-46 

4-47 

4-48 

4-49 

4-50 

4-51 

4-52 

4-53 

4-54 

4-55 

4-56 

4-57 

4-58 

4-59 

4-60 

4-61 

M228 Rubber Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Rubber Pads and Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Resilient Mounts or Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Dummy Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Spring Clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Shelf Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M228 Mounting Bracket Liners, Pads, and Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Mounting Kit installation on Tracked Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Retaining Bar Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Eye Bolts or Shoulder Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Rubber Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Rubber Strips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Resilient Mounts or Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Dummy Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 Mounting Bracket Liners, Pads, and Insulators.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Storage . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Accountability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-87 

4-88 

4-90 

4-92 

4-94 

4-95 

4-97 

4-98 

4-102 

4-105 

4-106 

4-108 

4-109 

4-111 

4-112 

4-114 

4-115 

4-118 

4-118 

4-119 

4-119 


This chapter provides information for the unit maintenance technician. lt defines common malfunction symptoms 

and logical troubleshooting procedures. It also contains instructions for the removal and replacement of defective 

components. 

NOTE 



4-2 Change 2


Section I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT Equipment 

4-1 COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. 

For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and 

Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit. 

4-2 SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT. 

Test equipment is listed in the Maintenance Allocation Chart in Appendix B. No special tools are 

required to operate this equipment. 

4-3 REPAIR PARTS. 

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix F of this manual. 

Section Il. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 


This section provides information the maintenance technician needs to inspect and service the M8A1 

Alarm and auxiliary equipment before issuing it to the operator. 

a. Inspect equipment for cracks, dents, holes or corrosion incurred during shipment. If equipment 

has been damaged or has corrosion, report this on SF Form 364, Report of Discrepancy. 

b. Check equipment against the packing slip to see if shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies 

in accordance with instructions of DA PAM 738-750 (TAM MS) as contained in the Maintenance 

Management Update. 

c. Upon receipt from U.S. Army supply system, perform inspection procedure in Table 4-1. 

4-3


Table 4-1. 

Inspection Procedures 

Location 

Exterior 

Handle 

Item 

M43A1 

Detector 

Action 

Inspect top case (1) and bottom case (2) of the 

M43A1 Detector for cracks, holes, corrosion, and 

missing or loose knobs, connectors, clamping catches, 

and binding posts. 

Unscrew rain shield assembly (3) and FLOWMETER (4) from 

handle. Inspect for condition and broken or missing 

parts. Return rain shield assembly and FLOWMETER to 

handle. 

4-4


Table 4-1. Inspection Procedures (cont) 

Location 

Front of 

Top Case 

I t e m 

M43A1 

Detector 

(cont) 

AIR 

FILTER 

Action 

Remove air filter plug (5) and inspect performed 

packing (6) for abrasion and cuts. 

Make sure unit contains air filter (7). 

4-5


Table 4-1. 

Inspection Procedures (cont) 

Location 

Underside 

of Top Case 

Item 

M43A1 

Detector 

(cont) 

Action 

Release four clamping catches (8). Remove top case (1) 

from bottom case (2) and inspect the pump (9), cell (10), 

and electronic (11) module to assure that they are in place 

and securely latched. 

Check preformed packting (12) for abrasion, cuts, or crimping 

Reassembly bottom case (2) to top case (1) and clamp four 

clamping catches (8). 

4-6


Table 4-1. 


Location 

Exterior 

Item 

M42 

Alarm 

Action 

Inspect top case (1) and bottom case (2) for cracks, 

dents, holes, corrosion, andd missing or loose knobs 

and binding posts. 

Unscrew lens (3) and make sure M42 Alarm contains 

lamp (4). Reinstall lens. 

4-7



Location 

Exterior 

Item 

M10A1 

Power 

supply 

Action 

Inspect for cracks, dents, holes, corrosion and for 

missing or loose switch, indicator, knobs, and 

clamping catches. 

Unscrew fuseholder caps (1) and (2) and check to make 

sure each fuseholder cap contains fuse (3) and (4) with 

correct rating. 

4-8


Table 4-1. 


Location 

Item 

M10A1 

Cable 

Assembly 

Action 

Check for abrasion, cuts, and damage. Inspect 

especially near connector necks. Make sure all 

connectors have protective covers (5) with chains(6) 

intact. 

Check cable connectors (7) for bent, broken, or 

missing pins. 

Check plugs (8) for cracked housing and bent or 

missing prongs. 

4-9


Table 4-1. Inspection procedures (cont) 

Location 

Exterior 

Item 

M1O 

Power 

supply 

Action 

Inspect top case (1) and bottom case (2) for cracks, 

dents, holes, corrosion, and missing or loose knobs, 

connectors, and switches. 

Check plugs (12) for cracked housing, bent or missing 

prongs. 

Cable 

Strap 

Unscrew POWER ON lens (3) and make sure unit contains 

a lamp (4), Replace lens. 

Unscrew fuseholder caps (5) and separate fuses. Check 

to make sure each fuseholder cap contains fuse (6) with 

correct rating. Reinstall fuseholder caps. 

Check strap (7) for broken or missing buckles or 

fraying 

Check to see plate retainer is secure (8). 

4-10


Table 4-1. Inspection procedures (cont) 

Location 

Item 

Action 

M10 

Cable 

Assembly 

Check for abrasion, cuts and other damage. Inspect 

cable especially near connector necks. 

Make sure all connectors have protective covers(g) 

with chains (lo) intact. 

Check cable connector (11) for bent, broken, or 

missing pins. 

4-11



Location 

Item 

Action 

M228 

High 

Profile 

Mounting 

Kit 

Inspect for cracks, dents, and corrosion. 

Inspect all nuts and bolts securing assembly for 

tightness. 

Check rubber 

deterioration 

pads, strips, and 

and cracking. 

rubber bumpers for 

Electrical 

Cable 

Assembly 

Mounting 

Bracket 

Check cable (1) for abrasion, 

Inspect cable especially near 

cuts and other damage. 

connector necks. 

Inspect connectors (2 and 3) for bent, broken or 

missing pins. 

Check for missing or broken clamping catches (4). 

4-12



Location 

Item 

Action 

Package 

M228 LOW 

Profile 

Mounting 

Kit 

Inspect for cracks, dents, and corrosion. 

Inspect all nuts and bolts securing assembly for 

tightness. 

Check rubber pads, strips, and rubber bumpers for 

deterioration and cracking. 

Electrical 

Cable 

Assembly 

Mounting 

Bracket 

Check cable (1) for abrasion, cuts and other damage. 

Inspect cable especially near connector necks. 

Inspect connectors (2 and 3) for bent, broken or missing 

pins. 

Check for missing or broken clamping catches (4). 

4-13


Table 4-1. inspection Procedures (cont) 

Location 

f 

Item 

Action 

M273 

Maintenance 

Kit 

—-— --- 

CAUTION --- --- 

DO NOT OPEN INDIVIDUALLY SEALED TEST PADDLES 

AND AIR FILTERS. 

Check shelf life date (1) on box for discard date, 

Check packing list and contents. Each box should 

contain 10 test paddles (2) and 10 air filters (3). 

Check to assure that all packages are sealed. 

4-14

Section Ill. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-12&P - 



a. The Sympton Index lists common defects found during operation or maintenance of M8A1 Alarm 

and auxiliary equipment. Using the Symptom Index in para 4-6 find the symptom which matches and go 

to that paragraph for detailed instructions. 

b. This manual cannot list all the possible defects or every test/inspection and corrective action. If 

a defect is not listed or corrected by a listed corrective action, notify direct support. 

[4-6 SYMPTOM INDEX. 

Use this index to locate the correct Troubleshooting Logic Tree for the malfunction or problem noted 

in the Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services and during operation. 


TROUBLESHOOTING 

LOGIC TREE 


1. FLOWMETER does not read in green band para 4-8a 

2. Detector meter does not read in black band with 

BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS button depressed para 4-8b 

3. No alarm when BIT PRESS is pressed para 4-8c 

4. Detector meter 

5. Pump does not 

does not read in green band para 4-8d 

stop when alarm sounds para 4-8e 

6. Detector meter 

below 20°F (-7°C). 

M42 Alarm 

does not read in green band 

para 4-8f 

1. M42 Alarm does not sound 

2. Alarm lamp does not flash 

when detector alarms para 4-9a 

but loudspeaker sounds para 4-9b 

Change 2 4-15


4-6 SYMPTOM INDEX (CONT). 


TROUBLESHOOTING 

LOGIC TREE 


Low or no output voltage 

para 4-10 


Low or no output voltage 

para 4-11 

4-16


4-7 LOGIC TREE PROCEDURES. 

a. Logic trees provide systematic procedures for isolating faults in the M8A1 Alarm and auxiliary 

equipment. The diagram below describes the use of the troubleshooting Iogic tree. 

b. The Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services will allow for a complete test of the M8A1 

Alarm and auxiliary equipment. If there is a malfunction, the logic trees are used to isolate the problem 

and direct you to the corrective action necessary to return the unit to service. Maintenance procedures 

are used when a logic tree decision directs you to repair a defective component. 

c. After consulting the Symptom Index in paragraph 4-6, proceed to the recommended paragraph in 

the Troubleshooting Logic Tree. 

4-17





WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER INSTALLED, 

RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR, 

NOTE 

Low airflow can be caused by clogged outlet filter, If symptom occurs during 

operation with filter, notify unit maintenance. ‘ 

4-18 Change 2




4-19




a. SYMPTOM: FLOWMETER does not read in green band (cont). 

4-20 Change 2





WARNING 

RADIATION DANGER. IF OUTLET FILTER MUST BE REMOVED, FOLLOW 

INSTRUCTIONS IN PARA 4-13. 

Change 2 4-21



b. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST& RESET PRESS 


WARNING 



4-22




b. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in black band with BATTERY TEST & RESET PRESS 


WARNING 



Change 2 4-23




c. SYMPTOM: No alarm when BIT PRESS button is pressed. 

WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT INDOORS WITHOUT FILTER INSTALLED. RADIATION 

EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

WARNING 



4-24 Change 2




d. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in areen band. 

WARNING 



WARNING 



221-350-88-7 Change 2 4-25




e. SYMPTOM: Pump does not stop when alarm sounds. 

WARNING 



4-26 Change 2



e. SYMPTOM: Pump does not stop when alarm sounds. 

WARNING 



4-27



f. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in green band below 20°F (-7\° C). 

WARNING 

DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT DETECTOR INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER 

INSTALLED. RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

4-28




f. SYMPTOM: Detector meter does not read in green band below 20°F(-7° C). 

WARNING 



Change 2 4-29

ARMY TM 3-6665 -312-1 2&P 



a. SYMPTOM: M42 Alarm does not sound when detector alarms. 

4-30 Change 2




a. SYMPTOM: M42 Alarm does not sound when detector alarms. 

Change 2 4-31



4-9 M42 ALARM (CONT). 

b. SYMPTOM: Alarm lamp does not flash but loudspeaker sounds. 

4-32 

Change 2




SYMPTOM: 

Low or no output voltage. 

CAUTION 



Change 3 4-33


4-10 M10A1 POWER SUPPLY (CONT). 

SYMPTOM: Low or no output voltage (cont). 

4-34




SYMPTOM: Low or no output voltage. 

Change 2 4-35



4-11 M10 POWER SUPPLY (CONT). 


4-36 Change 2





Change 2 4-37



Section IV. ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 

4-12 MAINTENANCE INDEX. 

This section contains the following maintenance procedures: 


M43A1 Outlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Top Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Electronics Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shielder Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Adapter Preformed Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rain Shield Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Flowmeter and Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Flowmeter Adapter, Tip or Nonmetallic Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Air Outlet Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 Rubber Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PARA 

4-13 

4-14 

4-15 

4-15.5 

4-16 


4-18 

4-19 

4-20 

4-21 

4-22 

4-22.1 

M42 Alarm 

M42 Knurled Screws or Washer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 

M42 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 

M42 Lens or Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 

M42 Selector Switch Knob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 

M42 Rubber Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 

M10A1 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 

M10A1 Cable Assembly Power Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 

M10A1 2 AMP Fuse and Spare Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 

M10 Knurled Screws or Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 

M103 AMP or 2 AMP Fuses or Spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 

M10 Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 

M10 Power On Lens or Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 

M10 Cable Assembly Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 

4-38 Change 2


4-12 MAINTENANCE INDEX. 


PARA 

M228 and M182 Mounting Kit Cable Assembly Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 

M228 Mounting Kit installation on 2-1/2 Ton Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 

M228 Mounting Kit installation on l/4 Ton Utility Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 

M228 Retaining Bar Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 

M228 Eye Bolts or Shoulder Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 

M228 Rubber Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 

M228 Rubber Pads and Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 

M228 Resiiient Mounts or Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 

M228 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 

M228 Dummy Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 

M228 Spring Clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 

M228 Shelf Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 

M228 Mounting Bracket Liners, Pads, and lnsulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 


M182 Mounting Kit installation untracked Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 

M182 Retaining Bar Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 

M182 Eye Bolts or Shoulder Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 

M182 Rubber Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52 

M182 Rubber Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 

M182 Resilient Mounts or Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 

M182 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 

M182 Dummy Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 

M182 Mounting Bracket Liners, Pads, and lnsulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 

4-39


4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER.] 


a. Installation. 

b. Testing. 

C. Removal and Storage of Serviceable Air Filter 

d. Unserviceable Outlet Filter Disposal. 

INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: Electronic equipment tool kit TK-101/G 

Materials/Parts: Outlet filter (item 7, app E) 

Tape (item 12, app E) 

Disposable gloves (item 8, app E) 

Soap (item 11, app E) 

WARNING 

DO NOT OPERATE M43A1 DETECTOR INDOORS WITHOUT OUTLET FILTER 

INSTALLED. DO NOT OPERATE INSIDE MOVING VEHICLE WITH OR WITHOUT 

OUTLET FILTER. RADIATION EXPOSURE COULD OCCUR. 

4-40 Change 1


4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER. 

a. Installation. 

(1) Remove air outlet cap (1) from air outlet nut (2). 

(2) Unscrew air outlet nut (2) using adjustable wrench. 

(3) Remove air outlet cap (1). 

NOTE 

Use plastic bag as a protective cover when installing outlet filter. 

(4) Open plastic bag. 

(5) With outlet filter still in bag, screw filter onto air outlet (4) and hand tighten. Retain bag for 

removal. 

(6) Install air outlet cap (1) on threaded shaft of outlet filter (3). 

(7) Install air outlet nut (2) and hand tighten. 

NOTE 

Detector is now ready for testing. 

4-41


4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER (CONT). 

b. Testing 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Unscrew thumbscrew (1) from air inlet (2). 

Remove rain shield assembly (3) from handle (4). 

Remove adapter (5) from rain shield (6). 

Screw rain shieid (6) into handle (4) for storage. 

install adapter (5) in air inlet(2). 

Press FLOWMETER (7) on adapter (5). 

Remove protective cover (8) from 24 VDC INPUT connector (9) and connect power source 

NOTE 

FLOWMETER should read in green band. 

4-42

TM 3-8665-312-12&1P 


b. Testing 

(8) Remove FLOWMETER (7) from adapter (5) and store in handle (4). 

(9) Remove rain shield (6) from handle (4), install adapter (5) to rain shield (6), and reinstall 

rain shield assembly (3) in handle (4). 

(8). 

(10) Disconnect power source from 24 VDC INPUT connector (9) and reinstall protective cover 

(11) Screw thumbscrew (1) on air inlet (2). 

(12) Press air outlet cap (10) on air outlet nut (11). 

NOTE 

The detector is now ready for assembly and preparation for use by operator. 

4-43



4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER (CO NT). 

c. Remove and Storage of Serviceable Air Filter. 

(1) Disconnect power source from 24 vdc input connector and replace protective cover. 

(2) Remove air outlet cap (1) and air outlet nut (2) from threaded shaft of outlet filter (3). 

(3) Set air outlet cap (1) and air outlet nut (2) aside. 

WARNING 

HANDLING OUTLET FILTER COULD RESULT IN RADIATION EXPOSURE. IF SKIN 

CONTACT IS MADE WITH FILTER THOUGHT TO BE CONTAMINATED, WASH 

IMMEDIATELY WITH NONABRASIVE SOAP AND WATER. USE PLASTIC SHIPPING 

BAG RETAINED FROM INSTALLATION OF FILTER DURING FILTER REMOVAL. 

(4) Place plastic shipping bag over outlet filter (3). 

(5) Unscrew outlet filter (3) grasping filter through plastic bag. 

(6) When filter has been removed, seal bag thoroughly and retain bagged filter for future use 

when indoor operation is required. Mark plastic bag “used filter.” 

(6.1) Install air outlet cap (1) and air outlet nut (2) on air outlet (4). 

4-44 Change 3



c. Removal 

------ 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN AIR OUTLET NUT. PLASTIC NUT COULD BREAK. 

(7) Screw air outlet nut (2) in air outlet (4) and tighten using adjustable wrench. 

(8) Wash hands with nonabrasive soap (item 11, app E). 

4-45


I 4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER (CONT). I 

d. Unserviceable Outlet Filter Disposal. 

WARNING 

REMOVE OUTLET FILTER ONLY UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE NBC NCO OR 

OFFICER OR LOCAL RADIATION PROTECTION OFFICER (RPO). YOU MUST WEAR 

PLASTIC GLOVES. 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

WHEN OUTLET FILTER CAUSES FLOW TO DROP BELOW GREEN BAND ON 

FLOWMETER, OUTLET FILTER IS NO LONGER SERVICEABLE AND MUST BE 

REMOVED. DISCONNECT POWER FROM 24 VDC INPUT CONNECTOR 

IMMEDIATELY. DAMAGE TO DETECTOR INTERNAL COMPONENTS MAY RESULT. 

(1) Disconnect power from 24 VDC INPUT connector (1). 

(2) Remove air outlet nut (2) and air outlet cap (3) from threaded shaft of outlet filter (4). 

(3) Set air outlet nut (2) and air outlet cap (3) aside 

WARNING 

HANDLING OUTLET FILTER COULD RESULT IN RADIATION EXPOSURE. IF SKIN 

CONTACT IS MADE WITH FILTER THOUGHT TO BE CONTAMINATED, WASH 

IMMEDIATELY WITH NONABRASIVE SOAP AND WATER. USE PLASTIC GLOVES 

AND SHIPPING BAG, RETAINED FROM INSTALLATION OF FILTER DURING FILTER 

REMOVAL. 

(4) Place plastic shipping bag over outlet filter (4). 

(5) Unscrew outlet filter (4) grasping filter through plastic bag. 

4-46


I 4-13 M43A1 OUTLET FILTER. 

d. Unserviceable Outlet Filter Disposal 

(6) When outlet filter has been removed, place gloves in bag and seal. Secure with sealing tape 

(item 12, app E). 

(7) Mark bag’’ Radioactive Waste AM-241 less than 0.005 microcuries.” 

(8) Dispose of bag, filter, and gloves as radioactive waste in accordance with AR 385-11 

(9) Wash hands with nonabrasive soap (item 11, app E). 

NOTE 

Your equipment is now ready for installation of a new outlet filter. 

4-47


4-14 M43A1 TOP CASE,] 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Release four clamping catches (1) on bottom case (2). 

(2) Lift top case (3) carefully from bottom case (2). 


(1) 

(2) 

Lower top case (3) carefully into bottom case (2). 

Secure four clamping catches (1) on bottom case (2) to catch strikes (4) on top case (3). 

4-48


4-15 M43A1 ELECTRONICS MODULE 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove top case (para 4-14a) 

(2) Turn locking disc handle (1) 1/4 turn counterclockwise to unlock electronics module (2). 

(3) Pull electronics module (2) away from top case (3). 


(1) Aline guide pins (4) and insert electronics module (2) into electronic module housing (5). 

(2) Turn locking disc handle (1) 1/4 turn clockwise to secure module. 

(3) Install top case (para4-14b). 

4-49


4-15.5 M43A1 HANDLE 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


Materials: Sealing compound (item 14, app E) 

a. Removal, 

(1) Remove FLOWMETER (1) and rain shield (2) from handle (3). 

(2) Remove screws (4) and strap fastener loops (5). 

(3) Remove screws (6) from top case (7). 

(4) Remove spacer plates (8) and handle (3). 

4-49.1 Change 1


4-15.5 M43A1 HANDLE. 


(1) Orient handle (3) exactly as illustrated to accept FLOWMETER (1) and rain shield (2). 

(2) Aline spacer plates (8) as illustrated so screws (6) will seat in countersunk holes. 

(3) Coat threads of screws (6 and 4) with sealing compound (item 14, app E) before 

installing. 

(4) Install handle (3) and spacer plates (8) onto top case (7) and secure with screws (6). 

Hand tighter screws. 

(5) Install strap fastener loops (5) with screws (4). 

(6) Install FLOWMETER (1) and rain shield (2) in handle (3). 

Change 1 4-49.2


I 4-16 M43A1 RAIN SHIELD ASSEMBLY. I 


a. Removal. 

b. installation. 

a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew rain shield assembly (1). 

(2) Pull out from handle (2). 


(1) Insert rain shield assembly (1) into handle (2). 

(2) Screw rain shield assembly (1) into handle (2) and hand tighten. 

4-50


I 4-17 M43A1 RAIN SHIELD OR ADAPTER. I 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal. 

(1) Unscrew rain shield assembly (1) from handle (2). 

(2) Pull adapter (3) from rain shield (4). 


(1) Attach adapter (3) to rain shield (4). 

(2) Screw rain shield assembly (1) into handle (2). 

4-51


4-18 M43A1 ADAPTER PERFORMED PACKING 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 

T OOIS: Electronic equipment tool kit TK-101/G 

a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew rain shield assembly (1) and pull out from handle (2). 

(2) Remove preformed packing (3) from adapter (4) with flatop screwdriver 


(1) Install preformed packing (3) on adapter (4) as shown. 

4-52


4-19 M43A1 RAIN SHIELD NONMETALLIC WASHER. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew rain shield assembly (1) and pull out from handle (2). 

(2) Remove nonmetallic washer (3) from rain shield (4). 


(1) Install nonmetallic washer (3) on rain shield (4) as shown. Ensure that it is firmly seated. 

(2) Screw rain shield assembly (1) into handle (2). 

4-53


4-20 M43A1 FLOWMETER AND NONMETALLIC WASHER. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew FLOWMETER (1) and remove from handle (2). 

(2) Remove nonmetallic washer (3) from FLOWMETER (1). 


(1) Install nonmetallic washer (3) on FLOWMETER (1). 

(2) Screw FLOWMETER (1) into handle (2) and hand tighten. 

4-54


4-21 M43A1 FLOWMETER ADAPTER, TIP OR NONMETALLIC WASHER 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew FLOWMETER (1) and remove from handle (2). 

aside. 

(2) If meter adapter needs replacement, remove meter adapter (3) from FLOWMETER (1) and lay 

(3) If meter tip (4) or washer (5) needs replacement, unscrew meter tip (4) and remove 

nonmetallic washer (5). 

4-55


I 4-21 M43A1 FLOWMETER ADAPTER, TIP OR NONMETALLIC WASHER (CONT). 


(1) If washer or meter tip were removed, install nonmetallic washer (5) on threaded end of 

meter tip (4). 

(2) Screw meter tip (4) onto FLOWMETER (1) and hand tighten. 

(3) If meter adapter was removed, install meter adapter (3). 

(4) Screw FLOWMETER (1) into handle (2) and hand tighten. 

4-56


I 4-22 M43A1 AIR OUTLET CAP. I 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


Material/Parts: Nonmetallic washer B5-15-5480 

a. Removal 

(1) Pull air outlet cap (1) from air outlet nut (2). 

(2) Unscrew air outlet nut (2) using adjustable wrench and remove from air outlet adapter (3). 

(3) Remove air outlet cap (1) and nonmetallic washer (4). 

4-57


I 4-22 M43A1 OUTLET CAP (CONT). I 


(1) Position nonmetallic washer (4) and air outlet cap (1) over air outlet adapter (3). 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN AIR OUTLET NUT. PLASTIC NUT COULD BREAK. 

(2) Install air outlet nut (2) using adjustable wrench. 

(3) Press air outlet cap (1) on air outlet. 

4-58



4-22.1 M43A1 RUBBER BOOTS 


a. Removal. 


NOTE 

This procedure applies to both rubber boots. 

a. Removal. 

(1) Slide defective rubber boot (1) off top blinding post (2). 

(2) Discard boot (1). 


(1) Aline slot in rubber boot (1) with slot in binding post (2). 

(2) Slide rubber boot (1) over binding post (2) until top of rubber boot seats firmly on top of 

binding post. 

Change 3 4-58.1



4-22.2 PROTECTIVE COVER 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


Materials/Parts: Sealing compound (item 24, app C) 

a. Removal. 

(1) Remove screw (1), chain (2). 

(2) Remove protective cover (3) from connector (4). 


(1) Coat threads of screw (1) with sealing compound (item 24, app C) before installing. 

(2) Secure chains (5) and (2) to top case (6) with screw (1). 

(3) Put protective cover (3) on the connector (4). 

Change 3 4-58.2


4-23 M42 KNURLED SCREWS OR WASHER. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Loosen knurled screw (1) from housing (2). 

(2) Lift up screw (1) while turning counterclockwise to remove from panel assembly (3). 

(3) Remove washer (4). 


(1) Place washer (4) on knurled screw (1). 

(2) Screw knurled screw (1) through panel assembly (3) and into housing (2). 

4-59


4-24 M42 HOUSING. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Loosen four knurled screws (1). 

(2) Separate panel assembly (2) from housing (3). 


(1) Place panel assembly (2) on housing (3). 

(2) Tighten four knurled screws (1). 

4-60


4-25 M42 LENS OR LAMP. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Unscrew lens cap (1) from Iampholder (2). 

(2) Press lamp (3) in while turning counterclockwise to remove. 


(1) Insert lamp (3) into Iampholder (2) and press in while turning clockwise to install. 

(2) Screw lens cap (1) onto Iampholder (2). 

4-61


I 4-26 M42 SELECTOR SWITCH KNOB. I 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

NOTE 

Horn selector switch should beat the HORN ON position during knob replacement. 

(1) Loosen two setscrews (1). 

(2) Remove selector switch knob (2). 

4-62 Change 1


4-26 M42 SELECTOR SWITCH KNOB. I 


(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Place selector switch knob (2) on switch shaft (3). 

Aline knob pointer to HORN ON position. 

Tighten two setscrews (2) securely. 

NOTE 

Selector switch knob must not turn on selector switch shaft. 

(4) 

Turn selecto r 

switch knob (1) through its three positions. 

4-63


4-27 M42 RUBBER BOOTS 


a. Removal. 


NOTE 

This procedure is applicable to both rubber boots. 

a. Removal 

(1) Slide defective rubber boot (1) off top binding post (2). 

(2) Discard boot (1). 


(1) Aline slot in rubber boot (1) with slot in binding post (2). 

(2) Slide rubber boot (1) over binding post (2) until top of rubber boot seats firmly on top of 

binding post. 

4-64


4-28 M10A1 CABLE ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) Make sure that voltage select switch (1) is OFF. 

(2) Unplug 115 vac or 220 vac plug (2) from power source. 

(3) Disconnect power cable (3) from detector 24 VDC INPUT connector (4). 

(4) Disconect power cable connector (5) from J1 connector (6). 

4-65



I 4-28 

M10A1 CABLE ASSEMBLY (CONT) I 


(1) Make sure that voltage select switch (1) is OFF. 

(2) Connect power cable connector (5) to power supply J1 connector (6). 

(3) Connect power cable (3) to detector 24 VDC INPUT connector (4). 

CAUTION 



(4) Plug power source plug (2) to external power source. 

4-66 Change 3

TM 

3-6665-312-12&P 

4-29 M10A1 CABLE ASSEMBLY PLUGS. 


a. Renewal. 


INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: Electronic equipment tool kit 7K-101/G 

a. Removal 

NOTE 

The power cable may use any of several different electrical connector plugs. 

Use this procedure only as a general guideline for plug replacement 

(1) Remove housing screws. 

(2) Separate housing. 

(3) Make a diagram showing wire positions and colors. 

(4) Loosen terminal screws and remove wires from plug. 


TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, BE SURE THAT BARE ENDS OF WIRE 

STRANDS ARE NOT BROKEN, FRAYED, OR SHORTED. 

(1) Refer to your diagram and position all three wires in terminal sleeves before tightening 

terminal screws. 

(2) Tighten terminal screws. 

(3) Check that wires are securely fastened by pulling lightly on wires. 

4-67


4-29 M10A1 CABLE ASSEMBLY PLUGS (CONT). 


(4) Aline plug and housing keyway. 

NOTE 

Some plugs have keys and keyways to ensure proper alinement. Be sure 

housing is mated correctly before installing housing screws. 

(5) Tighten housing screws. 

4-68


4-30 M10A12 AMP FUSE AND SPARE FUSE. I 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 

a. Removal 

WARNING 

TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE FUSE WITH AC 

POWER APPLIED TO POWER SUPPLY. 

(1) Place voltage select switch (1) at OFF. 

(2) Remove cap (2) from 2 AMP fuseholder (3). 

(3) Pull defective fuse (4) from cap (2) and discard. 

4-69


I 4-30 M10A1 2 AMP FUSE AND SPARE FUSE. ] 

b. lnstallation 

------ 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

USE ONLY 2 AMP REPLACEMENT FUSES. REPLACEMENT WITH HIGHER AMPERAGE 

FUSES MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO POWER SUPPLY. 

(1) Insert fuse (4) into fusebelder cap (2). 

(2) Insert fuseholder cap (2) and fuse (4) into fuseholder (3). 

(3) Screw fuseholder cap (2) into fuseholder (3). 

4-70


4-31 M10 KNURLED SCREWS OR PACKING 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Loosen knurled screw (1). 

(2) Pull up while turning knurled screw (1) counterclockwise until screw and packing (2) are 

removed from panel subassembly (3). 

(3) Separate knurled screw (1) and packing (2). 


(1) Place packing (2) on knurled screw (1). 

(2) Insert knurled screw (1) with packing (2) in panel subassembly (3) and tighten. 

4-71


4-32 M10 2 AMP AND 3 AMP FUSES OR SPARES. ] 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

NOTE 

Removal and installation procedures are the same for the 2 AMP, 3 AMP and 

SPARE fuses. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Set voltage select switch (1) to OFF. 

Unscrew fuseholder cap (2) and remove. 

Pull fuse (3) from fuseholder cap (2). 

4-72


I 4-32 M10 2 AMP AND 3 AMP FUSES OR SPARES. 


- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

TO PREVENT EQUIPMENT DAMAGE, USE ONLY THE SAME AMPERAGE 

REPLACEMEMT FUSE AS THE FUSE TO BE REPLACED. 

(1) Insert fuse (3) into fuseholder cap (2). 

(2) Insert fuseholder cap (2) and fuse (3) into fuseholder (4). 

(3) Screw fuseholder cap (2) into fuseholder (4). 

4-73


[4-33 M10 STRAP. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Loosen two screws (1) securing retaining plate (2). 

(2) Slide strap (3) from under retaining plate (2). 


(1) Slide strap (3) under retaining plate (2). 

(2) Tighten two screws (1) to secure strap (3) in place. 

4-74


4-34 M10 POWER ON LENS AND LAMP 


a. Removal. 


a. Removal 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Unscrew POWER ON lens (1) from indicator light socket (2). 

Press lamp (3) in and rotate counterclockwise 

Remove lamp (3). 


(1) Insert lamp (3) in indicator light socket (2). 

(2) Press lamp (3) in and rotate clockwise. 

(3) Screw POWER ON lens (1) onto indicator light socket (2) and tighten lens fingertight. 

4-75


4-35 M10 CABLE ASSEMBLY PLUG. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

NOTE 

The M10 cable assembly may use any of several different electrical connector 

plugs. Use this procedure only as a general guideline for plug replacement. 

(1) Remove housing screws. 

(2) Separate housing. 

(3) Make a diagram showing wire positions and colors. 

(4) Loosen terminal screws and remove wires from plug. 


------ 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, BE SURE THAT BARE ENDS OF WIRE 

STRANDS ARE NOT BROKEN, FRAYED, OR SHORTED. 

(1) Refer to your diagram and position all three wires in terminal sleeves before tightening 

terminal screws. 

(2) Tighten terminal screws. 

(3) Check that wires are securely fastened by pulling lightly on wires. 

4-76


4-35 M10 CABLE ASSEMBLY PLUG. 


(4) Aline plug and housing keyway. 

NOTE 

Some plugs have keys and keyways to ensure proper alinement. Be sure 

housing is mated correctly before installing housing screws. 

(5) Tighten housing screws. 

4-77

TM 

3665-312-12&P 

4-36 M228 AND M182 MOUNTING KIT CABLE ASSEMBLY CHECKS. 


Electrical Cable Resistance Measurements. 

INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: AN/PSM 45 Multimeter 

Before installing a mounting kit, measure electrical cable resistance using the following Table 4-1. 

4-78



Table 4-1. ELECTRICAL CABLE RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS 

NOTE 

Be sure to use correct ohmmeter polarity as specified at top of each column. 

W1P1 

(+) 

W1P1 

(-) 

Reading 

(ohms) 

W1P2 

(+) 

W1P2 

(-) 

Reading 

(ohms) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

C 

C 

D 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

C 

D 

E 

D 

E 

E 

< 25 

10M or > 

10M or > 

< 1 

Cap chge 

10M or > 

10M or > 

Cap chge 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

C 

C 

D 

E 

B 

C 

D 

E 

C 

D 

E 

D 

E 

E 

B 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

Cap chge 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

W1P1 

(+) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

B 

C 

C 

C 

C 

C 

D 

D 

D 

D 

D 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

W1P2 

(-) 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

Reading 

(ohms) 

10M or > 

< 25 

10M or > 

10M or > 

< 25 

10M or > 

 

10M or > 

Cap chge 

 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

10M or > 

 

10M or > 

< 25 

10M or > 

10M or > 

< 25 

W1P1-24 VDC OUTPUT 

W1P1 W1P2 Reading 

(-) (+) (ohms) 

A B 10M or > 

A E 10M or > 

B E Cap chge 

F 10M or > 

Key 

1. > means greater than. 

2. < means less than. 

W1P2-24 VDC INPUT 

3. M Means 1,000,000 ohms or 1 megohms. 

4. Cap chge indicates an increasing resistance 

reaching a minimum of 10 megohms. 

Change 3 4-79


4-37 M228 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON 2-1/2 TON TRUCK. I 


a. installation of High Profile Mount. 

b. installation of Alarm Mounting Bracket. 

INITIAL SETUP 


AN/PSM 45 Multi meter 

Equipment Condition: 2-1/2 Ton Truck equipped with installation kitTM 3-6665-274-20. 

a. installation of High Profile Mount 

(1) Check resistance of mounting kit cable assembly (1) (para 4-36). If any measurement is 

incorrect, replace cable assembly (para 4-44). 

(2) Remove mounting hardware (2) from installation kit mounting bracket (3). 

(3) Position high profile mount (4) on mounting bracket (3), aline mounting holes and secure 

with mounting hardware (2). 

- - - - - - 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO HIGH PROFILE MOUNT ELECTRICAL CABLE, USE 

EXTREME CARE NOT TO PINCH OR KINK CABLE DURING INSTALLATION AND 

ROUTING. 

(4) 

mount (4). 

(5) 

(6) 

Connect WIP1 24 VDC OUTPUT connector (5) to dummy connector (6) on high profile 

Connect W1P224 VDC INPUT connector (7) to connector located under mounting bracket (3). 

Place retaining bar (8) in stored position and hand-tighten wing nuts (9). 

4-80


4-37 M228 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON 2-1/2 TON TRUCK. 

a. Installation of High profile Mount 

b. Installation of Alarm Mounting Bracket 

(1) Lower back of companion seat in cab. 

(2) Remove existing mounting hardware from adapter plate (1). 

(3) Position alarm mounting bracket (2) on adapter plate (1), aline mounting holes and secure 

with existing hardware. 

4-81


4-38 M228 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON 1/4 UTILITY TON TRUCK. 


a. Installation of High Profile Mount. 

b. installation of Alarm Mounting Bracket. 

INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: Electronic equipment toolkit TK-101/G 

AN/PSM 45 Multi meter 

Equipment Condition: 1/4 Ton Truck equipped with installation kit, TM 3-6665-274-20. 


(1) Check resistance of mounting kit cable assembly (1) (para 4-36). lf any measurementis 


NOTE 

The installation kit includes a fender support under right front fender secured 

with mounting bolts. 

(2) Remove mounting bolts (2) from right front fender (3). 

------ 

CAUTION - - - - - - 

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO HIGH PROFILE MOUNT ELECTRICAL CABLE, USE 


ROUTING. 

(3) Position high profile mount (4) on right front fender (3), aline fender support with mounting 

holes, and secure with mounting bolts (2). 

(4) Route electrical cable (1) as shown. 

(5) Install loop clamps (5) and secure with mounting hardware (2). 

4-82


4-38 M228 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON 1/4 TON UTILITY TRUCK.] 


(6) Connect WIP1 24 VDC OUTPUT connector (6) to dummy connector (7). 

(7) Raise hood of vehicle and connect W1P2 24 VDC INPUT connector (8) to installation kit cable 

assembly in engine compartment. 

(8) Place retaining bar (9) in stored position and handtighten wing nuts (10). 

4-83


4-38 M228 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON 1/4 TON UTILITY TRUCK (CONT). 

b. installation of Alarm Mounting Bracket 

(1) Remove existing mounting hardware from dashpanel bracket (1). 

(2) Position mounting bracket (2) on dashpanel bracket (1), aline mounting holes, and secure 

with existing hardware. 

4-84


4-39 M228 RETAINING BAR ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Drive spring pins (1) from eye bolts (2). 

(2) Remove wing nuts (3), flatwashers (4), and retaining bar assembly (5). 


(1) Install retaining bar assembly (5) on eye bolts (2). 

(2) Install flatwashers (4), wing nuts (3), and replacement spring pins (1) on eye bolts (2). 

221-3850-88-9 

4-85


4-40 M228 EYE BOLTS OR SHOULDER BOLTS. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 


(2) Remove wing nuts (3), flatwashers (4), and retaining bar assembly (5). 

(3) Remove nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), flatwashers (8), and shoulder bolts (9) from inner wrap 

assembly (10). 

b. 

Installation 

(1) Insert shoulder bolts (9) through holes in inner wrap assembly (10). 

(2) Install eye bolts (2), flatwashers (8), Iockwashers (7), and nut (6) on shoulder bolts (9) and 

tighten securely. 


(4) Install flatwashers (4), wing nuts (3), and replacement spring pins (1) on eye bolts (2). 

4-86


4-41 M228 RUBBER BUMPERS. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove screw (1) from inner wrap assembly (2). 

(2) Remove rubber bumper (3) from screw (1). 

NOTE 

There are four rubber bumpers. This task is typical for each bumper. 


NOTE 

Make sure that rubber bumper contains metal washer inside screw hole. If not, 

use washer from old bumper. 

(1) Insert screw (1) through rubber bumper (3). 

(2) Install screw (1) in inner wrap assembly (2) and tighten securely. 

4-87

TM 3-6665-312-1281P 

4-42 M228 RUBBER PADS AND STRIPS. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


Materials/Parts: Rubber strip NSN 9320-00-435-4207 

Technical acetone (item 13, app E) 

Wiping rag (item 10, app E) 

a. Removal 

(1) Remove rubber strip (1) or rubber pads (2) from inner wrap assembly (3). 

WARNING 

ACETONE IS EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. TO PREVENT INJURY OR 

DEATH, USE ACETONE IN WELL VENTILATED AREA. WEAR APPROPRIATE 

PROTECTIVE COVERING AND AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF FUMES OR 

CONTACT WITH SKIN. 

(2) 

app E) and 

Remove 

acetone 

adhesive material thoroughly from inner wrap assembly (3) 

(item 13, app E) 

using rag (item 10, 

4-88


4-42 M228 RUBBER PADS AND STRIPS. 


NOTE 

Ensure that inner wrap assembly is thoroughly dry before installing new 

rubber pads and strips. 

(1) If replacement of strip (1) is needed, remove backing from rubber strip and aline strip on 

floor of inner wrap assembly (3). Press down firmly. 

(2) If replacement of rubber pad (2) is needed, cut single strip measuring 6-5/8 inches by5-3/8 

inches. 

(3) Remove backing from pad (2) and aline on shelf (4) against front lip. Press down firmly. 

(4) Raise shelf and use holes on shelf as guides (one rectangular and two round) and cut 

openings in pad. 

4-89


4-43 M228 RESILIENT MOUNTS OR BRACKET ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove six screws (1) and Iockwashers (2) and flat washers (3). 

(2) Lift inner wrap assembly (4) from outer wrap assembly (5). 

(3) Remove nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), screws (8), and resilient mounts (9) from outer wrap 

assembly (5). 

(4) Remove screws (10), resilient mounts (9) from outer wrap (5) and bracket assembly (11). 

(5) Remove outer wrap assembly (5) from bracket assembly (11). 


(1) Position outer wrap assembly (5) on bracket assembly (11) and aline sc 

(2) Install screws (10) through resilient mounts (9) and outer wrap (5), and 


rew holes. 

into bracket 

(3) Tighten screws (10) securely. 

(4) Install screws (8) through resilient mounts (9) and outer wrap assembly (5) and secure with 

Iockwashers (7) and nuts (6). 

holes. 

(5) Position inner wrap assembly (4) in outer wrap assembly (5), and aline screw mounting 

(6) Install screws (1) and flat washers (3), and Iockwashers (2). 


4-90



4-91


4-44 M228 CABLE ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

NOTE 

Depending on cable routing, additional clamps may be required to install high 

profile mount electrical cable. Refer to TM 3-6665-274-20 for installation kit 

connector locations on your vehicle. 

(1) Remove screws(l), clamps (2), and sleeve spacers (3). 

(2) Remove W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (4) from dummy connector (5). 

(3) Remove electrical cable (6) from high profile mount (7). 

4-92




(1) Position two clamps (2) on cable assembly (6). 

(2) Insert screw (1) through loop clamp (2) and sleeve spacer (3) and install in two places on 

high profile mount (7). Do not tighten screws. 

(3) Install W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (4) on dummy connector (5). 

(4) Tighten screws. 

4-93


4-45 M228 DUMMY CONNECTOR. I 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Disconnect W1P1 24VDC INPUT connector (1) from dummy connector (2). 

(2) Remove four screws (3) and dummy connector (2) from outer wrap assembly (4). 


(1) Place dummy connector (2) on outer wrap assembly (4) with keyway toward rear of mount. 

(2) Install four screws (3) and tighten. 

(3) Connect W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (1) to dummy connector (2). 

4-94


4-46 M228 SPRING CLIP 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


NOTE 

These procedures applicable to both spring clips (left and right sides of 

mount). 

a. Removal 

(1) Lower shelf (l) to full down position. 

(2) Remove two screws (2). 

(3) Remove spring clip (3). 

4-95


4-46 M228 SPRING CLIP (CONT). 


(1) Aline spring clip (3) with mounting holes in inner wrap assembly (4). 

(2) Install two screws (2) and tighten. 

(3) Raise shelf (1) as required. 

4-96


. 

4-47 M228 SHELF ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove four screws (1) and spacers (2) from shelf hinge (3). 

(2) Remove shelf (4). 


NOTE 

Make sure that spacers are alined properly with hinge before installing 

screws. 

(1) Position shelf assembly and insert screws (1) through shelf hinge into inner wrap 

assembly (5). 

(2) Tighten screws. 

4-97


4-48 M228 MOUNTING BRACKET LINERS, PADS, AND INSULATORS. 


a. Removal 


INITIAL SETUP 


Materials/Parts: Rubber tubing (NSN 4720-00-431-8318) 

Rubber sheet (NSN 9320-00-231-0740) 

Rubber strip (NSN 9320-00-435-4207) 



Adhesive (item 1, app E) 

NOTE 

Remove and replace only defective parts. 

a. Removal 

(1) Remove insulator (1) from clamping catch (2). 

(2) Remove rubber liners (3, 4,5, and 8) from bracket (6). 

(3) Remove rubber pads (7) from bracket (6). 

4-98



a. Removal 

WARNING 





(4) Remove adhesive material thoroughly from clamping catch (2) and bracket (6) with acetone 

(item 13, app E) and rag (item 10, app E). 


(1) Insulators. 

(a) Manufacture insulators (1) in accordance with app G,para G-1. 

NOTE 

Make sure that surfacers thoroughly dry before applying adhesive. 

(b) Apply adhesive (item 1, app E) to clamp catch (2). 

(c) Slip insulator (1) over end of catch (2). Wipe off excess adhesive. 

Change 1 4-99


4-48 M228 MOUNTING BRACKET LINERS, PADS, AND INSULATORS (CONT). ] 


(2) Liners. 

(a) Manufacture liners (3, 4, 5, or 8) in accordance with app G, para G-2 

(b) Roughen one side of liner (3, 4, 5, or 8) to be installed. 

NOTE 

Ensure that surface is thoroughly dry before applying adhesive, 

(c) Apply thin coats of adhesive (item 1, app E) to mounting surface of bracket and to 

roughen side of liner, allow to dry until tacky. 

edge. 

(d) Apply liner to mounting surface and press firmly and smoothly from center of liner to 

(3) Pads. 

(a) Manufacture mounting pads (7) in accordance with app G, para G-3. 

4-100


4-48 M228 MOUNTlNG BRACKET LINERS, PADS, AND INSULATORS. 


(3) Pads. 

NOTE 

Ensure that surface is thoroughiy dry 

(b) Remove backing from rubber pad (7). 

edge. 

(c) Apply rubber pads (7) to bracket and press firmly and smoothly from center of pad to 

4-101


4-49 M182 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON TRACKED VEHICLES 


a. installation of Low Profile Mount 


INITIAL SETUP 


Multimeter AN/PSM 45 

Equipment Condition: Vehicle equipped with installation kit, TM 3-6665-274-20. 

a. Installation of Low Profile Mount 

(1) Check resistance of mounting kit cable assembly (1) (para 4-36). lf any measurement is 


(2) Remove mounting hardware from installation kit mounting bracket (2) located on hull right 

nose plate. 

4-102


4-49 M182 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON TRACKED VEHICLES. 

a. lnstallation of Low profile Mount 

(3) Position low profile mount (3) on 

mounting bracket (2), aline mounting holes and secure 

with mounting hardware. 

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO LOW PROFILE MOUNT ELECTRICAL CABLE, USE 


ROUTING. 

(4) Connect W1P224 VDC INPUT connector (4) to connector (5) on mounting bracket (2). 

(5) Verify that W1P1 24 VDC OUTPUT connector (6) is connected to dummy receptacle (7) on low 

profile mount (3). 

(6) Place retaining bar (8) in stored position and hand-tighten wing nuts (9). 

4-103


4-49 M182 MOUNTING KIT INSTALLATION ON TRACKED VEHICLES (CONT). 


(1) Remove existing mounting hardware from alarm mounting bracket (1) located on hull top 

plate in crew compartment. 

(2) Position alarm mounting bracket (2) on mounting bracket (l), aline mounting holes and 

secure with existing hardware. 

4-104


4-50 M182 RETAINING BAR ASSEMBLY. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 


(2) Remove wing nuts (3), flat washers (4) and retaining bar assembly (5). 


(1) Install replacement retaining bar assembly (5) on eye bolts (2). 

(2) Install flat washers (4), wing nuts (3), and replacement spring pins (1) on eye bolts (2). 

4-105




a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 


(2) Remove wing nuts (3), flat washers (4) and retaining bar assembly (5). 

(3) Remove nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), flat washers (8), and shoulder bolts (9) from inner wrap 


4-106




(1) Insert shoulder bolts (9) through holes in inner wrap assembly (10). 

(2) Install eye bolts (2), flat washers (8), Iockwashers (7), and nuts (6) on shoulder bolts (9) and 

tighten securely. 


(4) Install flat washers (4), wing nuts (3), and replacement spring pins (1) on eye bolts (2). 

4-107


4-52 M182 RUBBER BUMPERS. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove screw (1) from inner wrap assembly (2). 

(2) Remove rubber bumper (3) from screw (1). 

NOTE 

There are four rubber bumpers. This task is typical for each bumper. 


NOTE 

Make sure that rubber bumper contains metal washer inside screw hole, If not, 

use washer from old bumper. 

(1) Insert screw (1) through rubber bumper (3). 

(2) Install screw (1) in inner wrap assembly (2) and tighten securely. 

4-108


4-53 M182 RUBBER STRIPS. 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 

Tools: Electronic equipment tool kit TK-lO1/G 

Materials/ Parts: 



a. Removal 

(1) Remove rubber strip (1) from inner assembly (2). 

WARNING 

ACETONE IS EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO PREVENT INJURY OR 




(2) Remove adhesive material thoroughly from inner wrap assembly (2) with rag and acetone. 

4-109


4-53 M182 RUBBER STRIPS (CONT). 


NOTE 

Ensure that inner wrap assembly is thouroughly dry before installing new 

rubber strip. 

(1) Remove backing from rubber strip (1) and aline strip on floor of inner wrap assembly (2). 

(2) Press down firmly. 



a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Remove six screws (l), Iockwashers (2) and flat washers (3). 

(2) Lift inner wrap assembly (4) from outer wrap assembly (5). 

(3) Remove nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), screws (8), and resilient mounts (9) from outer wrap 

assembly (5). 

(4) Remove screws (10), resilient mounts (9) from outer wrap (5) and bracket assembly (11). 

(5) Remove outer wrap assembly (5) from bracket assembly (11). 


(1) Position outer wrap assembly (5) on bracket assembly (11) and aline screw holes. 

(2) Install screws (10) through resilient mounts (9) and outer wrap (5), and into bracket 



4-110



(4) Install screws (8) through resilient mounts (9) and 

Iockwashers (7) and nuts (6). 

outer wrap assembly (5) and secure with 

holes. 

(5) Position inner wrap assembly (4) in outer wrap assembly (5) and aline screw mounting 

(6) Install screws (1) and flat washers (3) and Iockwashers (2). 


4-111




a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal. 

NOTE 

Depending on cable routing, additional clamps maybe required to install low 

profile mount electrical cable. Refer to TM 3-6665.274.20 for installation kit 

connector location on your vehicle. 

(1) Remove screws (l), clamps (2) and sleeve spacers (3). 

(2) Remove W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (4) from dummy connector (5). 

(3) Remove electrical cable (6) from low profile mount (7). 

4-112


4-55 M182 CABLE ASSEMBLY.] 


(1) Position two clamps (2) on cable assembly (6). 

(2) Insert screw (1) through loop clamp (2) and sleeve spacer (3) and install in two places on 

low profile mount (7). Do not tighten screws. 

(3) Install W1P1 24VDC INPUT connector (4) on dummy connector (5). 

(4) Tighten screws (1). 

4-113


4-56 M182 DUMMY CONNECTOR.] 


a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


a. Removal 

(1) Disconnect W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (1) from dummy connector (2). 

(2) Remove four screws (3) and dummy connector (2) from outer wrap assembly (4). 


(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Place dummy connector (2) on outer wrap assembly (4) with keyway toward front of mount. 

Install four screws (3) and tighten. 

Connect W1P1 24 VDC INPUT connector (1) to dummy connector (2). 

4-114




a. Removal. 


INITIAL SETUP 


Materials/Parts: Rubber tubing (NSN 4720-00-431-8318) 

Rubber sheet (NSN 9310-0O-231-0740) 

Rubber strip (NSN 9320-00-435-4207) 



Adhesive (item 1, app E) 

NOTE 

Remove and replace only defective parts. 

a. Removal 

(1) Remove insulator (1) from clamping catch (2). 

(2) Remove rubber liners (3, 4, 5, or 8) from bracket (6). 

(3) Remove rubber pads (7) from bracket (6). 

4-115


4-57 M182 MOUNTING BRACKET LINERS, PADS, AND INSULATORS (CONT). 

a. Removal 

WARNING 





(4) Remove adhesive material thoroughly from clamping catch (2) and bracket (6) with acetone 

(item 13, app E) and rag (item 10, app E). 


(1) Insulators. 

(a) Cut rubber tubing to 11/16 inch and slit length ways to make insulator (l). 

NOTE 

Make sure that surface is thoroughly dry before applying adhesive. 

(b) Apply adhesive (item 1, app E) to clamp catch (2). 

(c) Slip insulator (1) over end of catch (2). Wipe off excess adhesive. 

4-116




(2) Liners. 

(a) Manufacture liners (3, 4, 5, or 8) in accordance with app G, para G-2. 

(b) Roughen one side of liner (3, 4, 5, or 8) to be installed. 

NOTE 

Ensure that surface is thoroughiy dry before applying adhesive. 

(c) Apply thin coats of adhesive (item 1, app E) to mounting surface of bracket and to 

roughened side of liner, allow to dry until tacky. 

edge. 

(d) Apply liner to mounting surface 

(3) Pads. 

and press firmly and smoothly from center of liner to 

(a) Manufacture mounting pads (7) in accordance with app G, para G-3. 

NOTE 

Ensure that surface is thoroughly dry before applying pads. 

(b) Remove backing from rubber pads (7). 

edge. 

(c) Apply rubber pads (7) to bracket and press firmly and smoothly from center of pad to 

4-117



Section V. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT 

4-58 STORAGE. 1 

a. M43A1 Detectors. 

(1) Store two or more detectors unlockable containers. 

(2) Store the lockable containers in areas designated for storage of radioactive materials, 

(3) The designated storage area must be free from danger of flooding and must be outside the 

danger radius of flammables and explosives. 

(4) The storage area must be posted with signs as required by AR 385-30. Air Force personnel 

use AFTO Form 9C in accordance with T.O. 0O-110N-3. 

CAUTION - RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL 

(5) The signs shall be yellow with magenta letters and radiation symbol at least 8 inches by 

10 inches. Post signs on outside of lockable containers. (This paragraph’does not apply to Air Force 

personnel.) 

(6) Storage of just one detector must be in secure area but does not need to remarked. 

b. M42 Alarm and Auxiliary Equipment 

This equipment is nonsensitive and may be stored or shipped using standard storage and 

transportation handling procedures. No special preservation materials are required for storage or 

shipment. 

c. Administrative Storage (AS) Procedures. 

(1) General 

(a) Equipment that is placed in AS should be capable of being readied to perform its 

mission within a 24-hour period or as otherwise may be prescribed by the approving authority. 

(b) Before equipment is placed in AS, current Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 

(PMCS) evaluation should be performed in accordance with (IAW) this technical manual. 

(c) Report equipment in AS in Materiel Readiness and Unit Readiness reports as 

prescribed for all reportable equipment (refer to AR 220-1). Records and reports to be maintained for 

equipment in AS are those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, 

(2) Storage Plan 

(a) Select the best available site for AS. Covered space is preferred. When sufficient 

covered space for all items to be stored is not available, priority should be given to those items 

most susceptible to deterioration from the elements. 

4-118 Change 3



(b) Store equipment seas to provide maximum protection from the elements and to 

provide access for inspection, maintenance and exercising. Take into account environmental conditions 

such as extreme heat or cold, high humidity, blowing sand, dust, loose debris or combinations thereof 

and take adequate precautions. 

(3) Maintenance Services and Inspection 

(a) Maintenance services. Prior to storage, perform the next scheduled major PMCS. 

(b) Inspection. Inspect and approve equipment prior to storage. Correct all shortcomings 

and deficiencies, or obtain a deferment from the approving authority. Inspection will usually be visual 

and must consist of at least a walk-around examination of all equipment to observe any deficiencies 

that may have occurred. Correct all shortcomings and deficiencies or obtain a deferment from the 

approving authority. Inspect equipment in open storage “weekly’ and that in covered storage monthly. 

The following are examples of things to look for during visual inspection: 

(1) Leaks., check for leaks of radiation with AN/PDR-27 Radiac Set or equivalent 

(2) Corrosion or other deterioration 

(3) Missing or damaged parts 

(4) Conditions of preservatives, seals and wraps 

(5) Any other readily recognized shortcoming or deficiency 

(4) Repair during AS 

Keep equipment in an optimum state of readiness. Accomplish required services and 

repairs as quickly as possible. Wherever possible, perform all maintenance ‘on site.’ All maintenance 

and repairs should be performed IAW this technical manual. 

(5) Exercising equipment during storage 

Perform the before, during and after operational checks IAW this technical manual. Limit 

depreservation to removal of materials that will restrict exercising. Immediately take action to correct 

shortcomings and deficiencies noted. Note inspections and exercise results on DA Form 2404, Record 

and report maintenance actions on DA Form 2407. After exercising, restore the preservation to the 

original conditions. Exercise equipment every quarter. 

(6) Rotation 

To assure use of all assigned materiel, rotate equipment IAW any rotational plan that will 

keep equipment in an operational condition and reduce maintenance effort. 

(7) Removal of equipment from AS 

(a) Restore equipment to normal operating condition IAW this technical manual. 

(b) Resume the maintenance service schedule in effect at the commencement of storage 

or service the equipment before the scheduled dates in order to produce a staggered maintenance 

workload. 

Change 3 4-119



4-59 PACKING. 

a. M43A1 Detectors. 

(1) Pack in the original shipping container if available. Seal with tape (item 12, app E). 

(2) If original shipping container is not available, use cushioning material (item 6, app E) and 

pack in cardboard box (item 5, app E). Seal with tape (item 12, app E). 

b. M42 Alarm and Auxiliary Equipment. 

The batteries must be removed from the M42 Alarm before packing. The auxiliary equipment 

requires no special packing. 

4-60 SHIPMENT. 

a. Prepare and attach Decontaminating Tag, DD Form 2271, to equipment before packing for 

shipment. Complete form in accordance with AR 746-1 or AFR 71-4. 

b. Receiving, unloading, and movement of radioactive materials are 

AR 385-11. 

c. Shipments must be in accordance with Title 49 Code of Federal 

to be in accordance with 

Regulations. 

4-61 ACCOUNTABILITY. 

A transaction card must be filled 

following situations happen to a M43A1 

out in accordance 

Detector: 

with AR 710-3, section 4, if any of the 

(1) Inventory loss 

(2) Suspected loss or theft 

(3) Receipt 

(4) Shipment 

(5) Demilitarization 

(6) Wipe test required 

4-120 Change 3



APPENDIX A 

REFERENCES 

A-1 SCOPE. 

This appendix lists all forms, field manuals, technical manuals, Army and Air Force Regulations and 

miscellaneous publications referenced in this manual. 

A-2 FORMS. 

Discrepancy in Shipment Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SF 361 

Decontamination Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..DD Form 2271 

Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet................................................DA Form 2404 

Notice of Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NRC-3 . . 

Quality Deficiency Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF 368 

Radiological Accident Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCS . . DD-SD (AR) 1168 

Recommended Changes to DA Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2028-2 

Report of Discrepancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF 364 

Caution - Radioactive Material . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . AFT0 Form 9C 

A-3 FIELD MANUALS. 

First Aid for Soldiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM .. 21-11 

NBC Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 3-5 

NBC Operation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 3-100 

A-4 TECHNICAL MANUALS. 

Destruction of Chemical Weapons and Defense ....................................................................TM- 43-0002-31 

Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use 

Fire Prevention Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 5-812-1 

Radioactive Waste Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ẠF T.O. 00-110N-2 

Requisitioning, Handling, Storage and Identification 

for Radioactive Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A F T.O. 00-110N-3 

Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T M 11-6665-230-12 

Manual for Radiac Set, AN/PDR-27R 

Change 3 A-1



A-4 TECHNICAL MANUALS (CONT) 

Operator’s Organizational, Direct Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM . . . 11-6140-203-14-3 

and General Support Maintenance Manual: 

Nonaircraft Nickel-Cadmium Batteries 

Organizational Maintenance Manual for .................................................TM 3-6665-274-20 

Installation Kits for Alarm, Chemical 

Agent Automatic 

Operator, Organizational, Direct Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM . . . . 11-6140-203-14-1 

and General Support Maintenance Manual: 

Aircraft and Nonaircraft Nickel-Cadmium 

Batteries (General) 

A-5 ARMY AND AIR FORCE REGULATIONS. 

Accidental Reporting and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. AR 385-40 

Asset and Transaction Reporting System..........................................................................AR 7103 

Ionizing Radiation Protection (Licensing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR . 385-11 

Transportation, Disposal, and Radiation Safety) 

Marking, Packing and Shipment of Supplies and Equipment.............................................AR 746-1 

Packing of Army Material for Shipment and Storage 

Packaging Improvement Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR 735-11-2 

Radioactive Commodities in DOD Supply Systems.....................................................................AR 700-64 

AFR 67-8 

Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipments ...........................................................AR 55-38 

Safety Color Code Marking Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR 385-30 

Preparing Hazardous Materials for AIR Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFR 71-4 

Investigating and Reporting USAF Mishaps ...................................................AF R 127-4 

Control of Radioactive Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFR 161-16 

Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level....................................................................................A R 71O-2 

Unit Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... AR 220-1 

A-6 MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS. 

The Army Maintenance Management Systems (TAM MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA PAM 738-750 

Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable ltems...............................................CTA 8-100 

Expendable Items (Except: Medical Class V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTA . . . 50-970 

Repair Parts and Heraldic Items) 

A-2 Change 3



APPENDIX B 

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) 

Section I INTRODUCTION 

B-1 THE ARMY MAINENANCE SYSTEM MAC. 

a. This Introduction (Section 1) provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions 

authorized at various maintenance levels under the standard Army Maintenance System concept. 

b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Section II designates overall authority and responsibility 

for the performance of maintenance functions on the Identified end Item or component. The application of the 

maintenance functions to the end item or component will be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the 

designated maintenance levels which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as: 

Unit - includes two subcolums, C (operator/crew) and O (unit) maintenance). 

Direct Support - includes an F subcolumn. 

General Support - includes an H subcolumn. 

Depot - includes a D subcolumn. 

c. Section II lists the tools and test equipment (both 

each maintenance function as referenced from Section Il. 

d. Section IV contains supplemental Instructions and 

function. 

special tools and common tool sets) required for 

explanatory notes for a particular maintenance 

B-2 MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS. 

Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows: 

a Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or 

electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel). 

b. Test To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical 

characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards. 

c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean 

(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical 

fluids or gases. 

d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or 

by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters. 

e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired 

performance. 

Change B-1



B-2 MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS (CONT). 

f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, 

measuring, and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement, Consists of comparisons of two 

instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the 

accuracy of the instrument being compared. 

g. Remove/lnstall. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other 

maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, 

or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system. 

h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. 

“Replace” is authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the 3rd position code of the 

SMR code. 

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/ 

installation, and disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore 

serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, 

module (component or assembly), end item, or system. 

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely 

serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications 

(i.e., DMWR). Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does 

not normally return an item to like new condition. 

k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment 

to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of 

materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero 

those age measurements (hours/miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipment/components. 

B-3 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION Il. 

a. Column (l), Group Number. Column (1) lists functional group code numbers, the purpose of which 

is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher 

assembly. 

b. column (2), Component/Assembly. Column (2) contains the item names of components, 

assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized. 

c. Column (3), Maintenance Function. Column (3) lists the functions to be performed on the item listed 

in column (2). 

d. Column (4), Maintenance Level. Column (4) specifies, by the listing of a work time figure in the 

appropriate subcolumn(s), the level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column (3). 

This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of 

maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different 

levels, appropriate work time figures will be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average 

time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a 

serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any 

necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance/quality 

control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions 

authorized in the Maintenance Allocation Chart. 

B-2 change 3



follows: 

The symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as 

C 

O 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator or Crew 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Maintenance 

F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Direct Support 

Maintenance 

H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Support 

Maintenance 

L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Specialized Repair 

Activity (SRA) 

D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depot Maintenance 

e. Column (5), Tools and Equipment. Column (5) specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not 

individual tools), and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the designated function. 

f. Column (6), Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code, in alphabetic order, 

which shall be keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV. 

B-4 EXPLANATlON OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, 

SECTION Ill. 

a Column (1), Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with the code 

used in the MAC, Section II, Column 5. 

b. Column (2), Maintenance level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test 

equipment. 

c. Column (3), Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment. 

d. Column (4), National Stock Number. The National stock number of the tool or test equipment. 

e. Column (5), Tool Number. The manufacturer’s part number. 

B-5 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV. 

a Column (1), Reference Code. The code recorded in column 6, Section Il. 

b. Column (2), Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being 

performed as indicated in the MAC, Section Il. 

Change 3 B-3



Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

FOR 


M10A1 POWER SUPPLY, M10 POWER SUPPLY 

M182 MOUNTING KIT AND M228 MOUNTING KIT 

B-4 Change 3



Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

FOR 




Change 3 B-5



Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (CONT) 

FOR 




B-6 Change 3

SECTION III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 

ARMY TM3-6665-312-12&P 


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 

TOOL OR TEST 

EQUIPMENT 

REFERENCE MAINTENANCE NATIONAL/NATO TOOL 

CODE CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STOCK NUMBER NUMBER 

1 O TK-101/G TOOL KIT, 5180-00-064-5178 TL96416 

ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 

2 F TK-100/G TOOL KIT, 5180-00-605-0079 FPL863 


3 F TK-105/G TOOL,KIT 5180-00-610-8177 PPL927 


4 O,F MULTIMETER, DIGITAL 6625-01-139-2512 AN/PSM45, 

OR EQUIVALENT 

5 F M140 TEST SET, 

CHEMICAL AGENT 

AUTOMATIC ALARM 6665-01-083-2749 E5-15-8200 

6 F STOPWATCH 6645-00-250-4680 GGS764 

7 F RADIAC SET 6665-00-211-6895 AN/PDR-56F, 

OR EQUIVALENT 

8 O RADOAC SET 6665-00-961-0846 AN/PDR-27R 

B-7 CHANGE 3



Section IV. REMARKS 

B-8 Change 3



APPENDIX C 

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS 

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION 

C-1. SCOPE. 

This appendix lists components of the end item and basic issue items for the M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent 

Alarm to help you inventory the items required for safe and efficient operation of the equipment. 

C-2. GENERAL 

The Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (Bll) Lists are divided into the following sections. 

a Section Il. Components of End item. This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not 

authority to requisition replacements. These items are part of the M8A1 Alarm, but they are to be removed and 

separately packaged for transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end 

item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. illustrations are furnished to help you find 

and identify the items. 

b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These essential items are required to place the M8A1 Alarm in 

operation, operate it, and to do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the 

M8A1 Alarm during operation and when it is transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your 

authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. 

Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items. 

C-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS. 

a. Column (1) - Illus Number, gives you the number of the item illustrated. 

b. Column (2) - National Stock Number, identifies the stock number of the item to be used for 

requisitioning purposes. 

c. Column (3) - Description and Usable on Code, identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) 

followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (Commercial 

and Government Entity Code) (in parenthesis) and the part number. 

d. Column (4) - (U/l) Unit of Issue, indicates how the item is issued for the National stock number in 

column two. 

e. Column (5) - (QTY RQR) Quantity Required, indicates the quantity required. 

Change 3 C-1



SECTION II. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 

ILLUS NATIONAL STOCK DESCRIPTION QTY 

NUMBER NUMBER CAGEC AND PART NUMBER U/I RQR 

1 6665-01-081-8140 DETECTOR UNIT, CHEMICAL EA 1 

AGENT AUTOMATIC ALARM, M43A1 

(81361) C5-15-8100 

2 6665-00-859-2215 ALARM UNIT, CHEMICAL AGENT, M42 EA 1 

(81361) D5-15-4826 

ON-BOARD SPARES FOR AUXILIARY 

EQUIPMENT 

3 5920-00-228-7882 CARTRIDGE,FUSE,M10A1 EA 1 

(81349) FO2-A-250V-2A EA 1 

4 5920-00-010-6652 CARTRIDGE, FUSE, M10 EA 1 

(81349) FO2-A-250V-3A 

5 5920-00-280-4960 CARTRIDGE, FUSE, M10 EA 1 

(81349) FO2-A-250V-2A 

C-2 CHANGE 3



SECTION III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 

ILLUS NATIONAL STOCK DESCRIPTION QTY 

NUMBER NUMBER CAGEC AND PART NUMBER U/I RQR 

1 TM3-6665-312-12&P OPERATOR'S AND UNIT EA 1 

MAINTENANCE MANUEL FOR M8A1 AUTOMATIC 

CHEMICAL AGENT ALARM AND AUXILIARY 

EQUIPMENT 

C-3/(C-4 BLANK) CHANGE 3



APPENDIX D 

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST 

SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION 

D-1. SCOPE. 

This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent 

Alarm. 

D-2. GENERAL 

This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the M8A1 Alarm and that do not have to be turned in 

with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, JTA. 

D-3. EXPLANATlON OF LISTING. 

National stock numbers, descriptions, and quantities are provided to help you identify and request the additional 

items you require to support this equipment. The items are listed in alphabetical sequence by item name under 

the type of document (i.e., CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA) which authorizes the item(s) to you. 

Change 3 D-1



SECTION II. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED ITEMS LIST 

(1) (2) (3) (4) 

NATIONAL 

STOCK DESCRIPTION USABLE QTY 

NUMBER CAGEC & PART NUMBER ON CODE U/I RECM 

MTOE AUTHORIZED ITEM 

6145-00-226-8812 CABLE, TELEPHONE: WD-1/TT DR-8 

(81349) MIL-C-13294 RL 1 

6145-00-243-8466 CABLE, TELEPHONE: WD-1/TT RL-159 

(81349) MIL-C-13294 RL 1 

6665-00-169-1455 WINTERIZATION KIT: M253 

(81361) D5-15-6535 EA 1 

CTA AUTHORIZED ITEMS 

8465-01-073-8326 FRAME, FIELD PACK 

(81349) MIL-S-43835 EA 1 

6665-00-110-9492 MOUNTING KIT, LOW PROFILE: M182 

(81361) 5-15-5300 EA 1 

6665-00-859-2212 MOUNTING KIT, HIGH PROFILE: M228 

(81361) E5-15-5600 EA 1 

6665-00-859-2225 POWER SUPPLY: M10 

(81361) E5-15-4727 EA 1 

6665-01-093-2739 POWER SUPPLY: M10A1 

(81361) D5-15-8026 EA 1 

8465-00-001-6476 SHELF, CARGO SUPPORT 

(81349) MIL-F-43834 EA 1 

8465-00-001-6477 STRAP, WEBBING 

(81349) MIL-S-43828 EA 1 

D-2 CHANGE 3



APPENDIX E 

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST 

Section I. 

INTRODUCTION 

E-1. SCOPE. 

This appendix lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the M8A1 Automatic 

Chemical Agent Alarm. This listing is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed 

items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-790, Expendable/Durable Items (except medical, Class V 

repair parts, and heraldic items) or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/ Durable Items. 

E-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS. 

a Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in 

the narrative instructions to identify the item (e.g., “Use battery, item 4, App. E“). 

b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed 

item (C - Operator/Crew, O - Unit Maintenance, F - Direct Support Maintenance). 

c. Column (3) - National Stock Number. This is the National stock number assigned to the item which 

you can use to requisition it. 

d. Column (4) - Description. indicates the item name, description, (CAGEC) and part number. This 

provides the other information you need to identify the item. 

e. Column (5) - Unit of Measure (U/M). This code shows the physical measurement or count of an 

item, such as gallon (GL), each (EA), dozen (DZ), gross (GR), etc. If the unit of measure differs from the unit of 

issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements. 

Change 3 E-1



SECTION II EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 

NATIONAL 

ITEM STOCK DESCRIPTION 

NUMBER LEVEL NUMBER CAGEC AND PART NUMBER U/M 

1 O 8040-00-464-4185 ADHESIVE: RUBBER 5 OZ. OZ 

(76381) EC 880 

2 O 8105-00-989-2376 BAG, PLASTIC 50 EA EA 

(58536) A-A-1668 

3 C 6135-00-450-3528 BATTERY EA 

(81349) BA3517/U 

4 C 6135-00-930-0030 BATTERY EA 

(80058) BA3030/U 

5 O 8115-00-290-3370 BOX,SHIPPING EA 

12 IN. X 12 IN. X 12 IN. 

(81348) PPP-B-636 

6 O 8135-00-142-9008 CUSHIONING MATERIAL, PACKAGING FT 

16 IN. W X 500 FT. LG 

(58536) A-A-549 

7 O 6665-01-198-3882 FILTER,OUTLET EA 

(81361) C5-15-12603 

8 O 8415-00-682-6786 GLOVES, DISPOSABLE PR 

(96717) PINKIES 

9 C 5180-01-108-1729 MAINTENANCE KIT, CBR EQUIPMENT: EA 

DETECTOR ALARM: M273 

(81361) D5-15-8194 

10 C 7920-00-205-1711 RAG, WIPING 50 LB LB 

(58536) A-A-531 

11 O 8520-00-228-0598 SOAP, TOILET OZ 

(84768) HARCO-LIQUID 

12 O 7510-00-802-8311 TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE, YD 

ADHESIVE 

(52170) 898 

13 O 6810-00-223-2739 ACETONE, TECHNICAL OZ 

(81348) O-A-51 

14 O 8030-00-905-6818 SEALING COMPOUND BT 

(05972) LOCTITE 

15 O 6625-01-177-9252 PROBE SUBASSEMBLY EA 

(81361) C5-15-12533 

E-2 CHANGE 3



APPENDIX F 

OPERATOR AND UNIT MAINTENANCE 

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST 

Current as of 30 April 1991 


1. SCOPE. 

This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and diagnostic 

equipment (TMDE), and other special support equipment required for performance of Direct Support 

maintenance of the MBA1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and 

disposition of spares, repair parts and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance and recoverability 

(SMR) codes. 

2. GENERAL 

This Repair Parts and Special Tools List is divided into the following sections: 

a. Section II. Repair Parts List. A list of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in the 

performance of maintenance. The list also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of the 

authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the 

parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Bulk materials are listed by item 

name in FIG. BULK at the end of the Section. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own functional group 

within Section Il. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also listed in Section II. Items listed are shown on 

the associated illustration. 

b. Section Ill. Special Tools List. A list for special tools, special TMDE, and other special support 

equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in DESCRIPTION AND 

USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column) for the performance of maintenance. 

c. Section IV. Cross-reference Index. A list, in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence, of 

all National stock numbers (NSN) appearing in the listings, fallowed by a separate list in alphanumeric sequence 

of all part numbers appearing in the listings. National stock numbers and part numbers are cross-referenced to 

each illustration figure and item number appearance. The figure and item number index lists figure and item 

numbers in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN, CAGEC and part numbers. 

3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (Section II and Ill). 

a. ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to Identify items called out in the illustration. 

Change 3 F-1



b. SMR CODE (Column (2)). The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code is a 5-position 

code containing suppiy/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition 

instruction, as shown in the fallowing breakout: 

I 

How you get an item 3d position 4th position Who determined 

I I disposition action on 

Who can install, Who can do an unserviceable item 

replace, or use complete repair* 

the item 

on the item 

* Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of 

the “Repair" function in a use/user environment in order to restore Serviceability to a failed item. 

(1) Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an Item needed for maintenance, 

repair, or overhaul of an end item/equipment. 

Explanation 

PA I Stocked items; use the applicable NSN to request/requisition Items with these source 

PB I codes. They are authorized to the level indicated by the code entered In the 3d position 

PC** I of the SMR code. 

PD --- 

PE 

I 

**NOTE: Items coded PC are subject to deterioration. 

PF 

I 

PG 

I 

KD I Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part 

KF I -- of a kit which is authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the 3d position of the 

KB I SMR code. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied. 

MO-(Made at Unit 

AVUM Level) 

MF-(Made at DS/ 

AVUM Level) 

MH-(Made at GS 

Level) 

ML-(Made at Specailzed 

Repair 

Act (SRA)) 

MD-(Made at 

Depot) 

I 

I 

Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned 

I 

individually. They must be made by bulk material which Is identified by 

I 

the part number in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) 

I 

column and listed in the Bulk Material group of the repair parts and 

--– special tools list in this RPSTL if the item is authorized to you by the 

I 

3rd position code of the SMR code, but the source code Indicates it is 

I 

made at a higher level, order the item from the higher level of 

I 

maintenance. 

I 

I 

F-2 Change 3



AO-(Assembled by 

Unit/AVUM 

Level) 

AF-(Assembled by 

DS/AVIM Level) 

AH-(Assembled by 

GS Level) 

AL-(Assembled by 

SRA) 

AD-(Assembled by 

Depot) 

Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned 

individually. The parts that make up the assembled item must be 

requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of 

maintenance indicated by the source code. If the 3rd position code 

of the SMR code authorizes you to replace the item, but the source 

code indicates it is assembled at a higher level, order the item from 

the higher level of maintenance. 

XA - Do not requisition an "XA” coded item. Order its next higher assembly. (Also, refer to the NOTE below.) 

XB - If an “XB” coded item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and part number given. 

XC - Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, field service drawing, that is identified by manufacturer’s 

part number. 

XD - Item is not stocked. Order an “XD” coded item through normal supply channels using the CAGEC and part 

number given, if no NSN is available. 

NOTE: Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply for 

items with the above source codes, except for those source coded ‘XA” or those aircraft support items restricted 

by requirements of AR 750-1. 

(2) Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to 

USE and REPAIR support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the 

SMR Code as follows: 

(a) The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance 

level authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will 

indicate authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance. 

Code 

C 

O 

F 

H 

L 

D 

Application/Explanation 

-Crew or operator maintenance done within Unit or Aviation Unit maintenance. 

-Unit or Aviation Unit level can remove, replace, and use the item. 

-Direct support or Aviation Intermediate level can remove, replace, and use the 

item. 

-General support level can remove, replace, and use the item. 

-Specialized repair activity can remove, repJace, and use the item. 

-Depot level can remove, replace, and use the item. 

(b) The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether or not the item is 

to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (i.e., perform 

all authorized repair functions). (NOTE: Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of 

maintenance, if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes). This position will 

contain one of the following maintenance codes. 

Code 

O 


-Unit or Aviation Unit is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. 

Change 3 F-3



F 

H 

L 

D 

z 

B 

-Direct support or Aviation Intermediate is the lowest level that can do complete 

repair of the 

item. 

-General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. 

-Specialized repair activity (designate the specialized repair activity) is the lowest 

level that can do complete repair of the item. 

-Depot Is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. 

-Nonreparable. No repair is authorized. 

-No repair is authorized. (No parts or special tools are authorized for the 

maintenance of a "B" coded item). However, the item may by reconditioned by 

adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level. 

(3) Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition 

action on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the SMR Code as follows: 

Recoverability 

Codes 

Z 

O 

F 

H 

D 

L 

A 


-Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at 

the level of maintenance shown in 3d position of SMR Code. 

-Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the 

item at Unit or Aviation Unit level. 

-Reparable Item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the 

Item at the Direct support or Aviation Intermediate level. 

-Reparable Item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the 

item at the General support level. 

-Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot. 

condemnation and disposal of item not authorized below Depot level. 

-Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized below Specialized 

Repair Activity (SRA). 

-Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific 

reasons (e.g., precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or 

hazardous materiel). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific 

instructions. 

c. CAGEC (Columm (3)). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a 5-digit 

numeric code which is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies 

the item. 

d. PART NUMBER (Column (4)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer 

(individual, company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of 

the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to identify 

an item or range of items. 

NOTE: When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different 

part number from the part listed. 

F-4 Change 3



e. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (5)). This column includes the following 

Information: 

(1) The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item. 

(2) Part numbers for bulk materials are referenced In this column in the line item entry for the item 

to be manufactured/fabricated. 

(3) The statement “END OF FIGURE” appears just below the last item description in Column 5 for a 

given figure in both Section II and Section Ill. 

f. QTY (Column (6)). The QTY (quantity per figure column) indicates the quantity of the item used in the 

breakout shown on the Illustration figure, which isw prepared for a functional group, subfunction group, or an 

assembly. A “V” appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and the 

quantity may vary from application to application. 

4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (Section IV). 

a NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) INDEX 

(1) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN by National Item Identification 

NSN 

Number (NIIN) sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN (i.e., 5305-01-674-1467). 

NIIN 

When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first 4 digits of the NSN. However, the complete NSN 

should be used when ordering items by stock number. 

(2) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. 

The figures are in numerical order in Section II and Ill. 

(3) ITEM column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the 

adjacent FIG. column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line. 

b. PART NUMBER INDEX. Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending 

alphanumeric sequence (i.e., vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter 

or digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or 

digit in like order). 

(1) CAGEC column. The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a 5-digit numeric 

code used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item. 

(2) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, 

firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of 

its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of 

items. 

(3) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN for the associated part number and 

manufacturer identified in the PART NUMBER and CAGEC columns to the left. 

(4) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in 

Section II and Ill. 

(5) ITEM column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure 

referenced in the adjacent figure number column. 

Change 3 F-5



c. FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX 

(1) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located 

in Section II and Ill. 

(2) ITEM column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the 

figure referenced in the adjacent figure number column. 

(3) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN for the item. 

(4) CAGEC column. The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a 5-digit 

numeric code used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item. 

(5) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the prirnary number used by the manufacturer (individual, 

firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of 

its engineering drawings, specification standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of 

items. 

5. SPECIAL INFORMATION. 

a. FABRICATION INSTRUCTIONS. Bulk materials required to manufacture items are listed in the Bulk 

Material Functional Group of this RPSTL Part numbers for bulk materials are also referenced in the description 

column of the line item entry for item to be manufactured/fabricated. Detailed fabrication instructions for items 

source codes to be manufactured or fabricated are found in Appendix G. 

b. ILLUSTRATIONS-LISTING. The illustrations in the RPSTL are identical to those published in TM 3- 

6665-312-30&P. Only those parts codes “C” or “O” in the third position of the SMR Code are listed in the tabular 

listing; therefore, there may be a break in the item number sequence. Only illustrations containing Unit authorized 

items appear in this RPSTL 

6. HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS. 

a. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Not Known. 

(1) First. Using the table of contents, determine the functional group or subfunctional group to 

which the item belongs. This is necessary since figures are prepared for functional groups and subfunctional 

groups, and listings are divided into the same groups. 

item belongs. 

NSN. 

(2) Second. Find the figure covering the functional group or subfunctional group to which the 

(3) Third. Identify the item on the figure and use the Figure and Item Number Index to find the 

b. When National Stock Number or Part Number is known. 

(1) First. Using the National Stock Number or the Part Number Index, find the pertinent 

National Stock Number or Part Number. The NSN index is in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) 

sequence (see 4.a). The part numbers in the Part Number Index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence 

(see 4.b). Both indexes cross-reference you to the illustration/figure and item number of the item you are 

looking for. 

(2) Second. Turn to the figure and item number, verify that the item is the one you’re looking 

for, then locate the item number in the repair parts list for the figure. 

F-6(F-7 blank) Change 3



Section Il. REPAIR PARTS LIST 

Figure F-1. M8A1 Automatic Chemical Agent Alarm 

Change 3

SECTION II TM3-6665-312-12&P 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 

NO CODE CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES(UOC) QTY 

GROUP 00: ALARM, CHEMICAL AGENT, 

AUTOMATIC, M8A1 

FIG. F-1. M8A1 AUTOMATIC CHEMICAL 

AGENT ALARM C5-15-8800 

1 PAOFA 81361 5-15-8100 DETECTOR UNIT, CHEMI 1 

2 PAOFF 81361 D5-15-4826 ALARM UNIT, CHEMICAL M42 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-1-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-2. M43A1 Detector Unit 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 01: DETECTOR UNIT, M43A1 

FIG. F-2. M43A1 DETECTOR UNIT 

E5-15-8100 

5 PAOZZ 81361 D5-15-8111 AMPLIFIER,ELECTRONI 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-2-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-3. Top Case 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0101: CASE, TOP 

FIG. F-3. TOP CASE D5-15-8134 

1 PAOOO 81361 C5-15-8129 CAP-PLUG,PROTECTIVE 1 

2 PAOZZ 81361 D5-15-4352 HANDLE,BOW 1 

3 PAOFF 81361 D5-15-8152 METER,FLOW RATE IND 1 

4 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4381 SCREW,SHOULDER 2 

5 PAOZZ 96906 MS24693C49 SCREW,MACHINE 2 

6 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4357 LOOP,STRAP FASTENER 2 

7 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4519 SPACER,PLATE 2 

END OF FIGURE 

F-3-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-4. Air Protective Cap 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 010101: CAP, PROTECTIVE, AIR 

FIG. F-4. PROTECTIVE AIR CAP 

C5-15-8129 

1 XAOZZ 81361 B5-15-8128 CAP,PROTECTIVE,SUBA 1 

2 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4432-2 GASKET 1 

3 XAOZZ 81361 D5-15-8090 ADAPTER,CAP,PROTECT 1 

4 PAOZZ 81349 M83248/1-014 PACKING,PREFORMED 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-4-1 CHANGE 3



* NO FURTHER DISASSEMBLY 

Figure F-5. Flow Rate Meter 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 010102: METER, FLOW RATE 

FIG. F-5. FLOW RATE METER 

D5-15-8152 

1 XDOZZ 81361 C5-15-8186 ADAPTER,METER 1 

2 XAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4332 METER TIP 1 

3 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-8148-3 WASHER,NONMETALLIC 1 

4 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-8148-2 WASHER,NONMETALLIC 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-5-1 CHANGE 3



* SUPPLIED WITH 

IDENTICALLY NUMBERED 

PART 

Figure F-6. Detector Unit Case 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 010103: CASE, DETECTER UNIT 

FIG. F-6. DECTECTOR UNIT CASE 

E5-15-8153 

14 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4563-1 COVER,ELECTRICAL CO 1 

15 PAOZZ 96906 MS35338-135B WASHER,LOCK 4 

16 PAOZZ 96906 MS51957-15B SCREW,MACHINE 4 

26 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4447 NUT,AIR OUTLET HEAR 1 

27 PAOZZ 81361 B5-15-5480 GASKET 1 

28 PAOZZ 81361 D5-15-4449 CAP,AIR OUTLET 1 

31A PAOZZ 80063 SCC76202-1 BOOT,DUST AND MOIST 2 

END OF FIGURE 

F-6-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-7. M42 Alarm Unit 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 02: ALARM UNIT, M42 

FIG. F-7. M42 ALARM UNIT D5-15-4826 

1 XAOFF 81361 E5-15-4819 PANEL,ASSY 1 

2 PAOZZ 80205 NAS1598D08Y PACKING WITH RETAIN 4 

3 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4794 SCREW,EXTERNALLY RE 4 

4 PAFZZ 81361 D5-15-4824 HOUSING,CHEMICAL AG 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-7-1 CHANGE 3





PART 

Figure F-8. Panel Assembly 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0201: PANEL ASSEMBLY 

FIG. F-8. PANEL ASSEMBLY E5-15-4819 

3 PAOZZ 42498 NPL47 LAMP,INCANDESCENT 

4 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4869-2 LENS,LIGHT 1 

9 PAOZZ 96906 MS91528-0P2B KNOB 1 

13 PAOZZ 80063 SCC76202-1 BOOT,DUST AND MOIST 2 

END OF FIGURE 

F-8-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-9. M10A1 Power Supply 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 03: POWER SUPPLY, M10A1 

FIG. F-9. M10A1 POWER SUPPLY 

D5-15-8026 

1 PAOOO 81361 D5-15-8003 CABLE ASSEMBLY,SPEC 1 

2 XAOFF 81361 D5-15-8000 POWER SUPPLY ASSY 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-9-1 CHANGE 3

ARMY TM 3-6665312-12&P 


* NO FURTHER DISASSEMBLY 

Figure F-10. Cable Assembly 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0301: CABLE ASSEMBLY 

FIG. F-10. CABLE ASSEMBLY 

D5-15-8003 

1 PAOZZ 81348 WC596-13-3 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC 1 

2 PAOZZ 81348 WC596/17-1 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-10-1 CHANGE 3





PART 

Figure F-11. Power Supply Assembly (sheet 1 of 2) 

Change 3



Figure F-11. Power Supply Assembly (sheet 2 of 2) 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0302: POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 

FIG. F-11. POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 

D5-15-8000 

16 PAOZZ 81349 F02B250V2A FUSE,CARTRIDGE 2 

END OF FIGURE 

F-11-1(F-11-2 BLANK) CHANGE 3



Figure F-12. M10 Power Supply 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 04: POWER SUPPLY,M10 

FIG. F-12. M10 POWER SUPPLY 

E5-15-4727 

3 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4758 SCREW,ETERNALLY RE 8 

4 PAOZZ 80205 NAS1523AA3Y PACKING WITH RETAIN 8 

END OF FIGURE 

F-12-1 CHANGE 3


AIR FORCE TO 11H 2-17-1 

Figure F-13. Panel Subassembly (Sheet 1 of 2) 

Change 3

ARMY TM 34665-3 12-12&P 


Figure F-13. Panel Subassembly (Sheet 2 of 2) 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0401:PANEL SUBASSEMBLY 

FIG.F-13 PANEL SUBASSEMBLY 

E5-15-4860 

3 PAOZZ 08108 1828 LAMP,INCANDESCENT 1 

4 PAOZZ 72619 123-1231-203 LENS,LIGHT 1 

6 PAOZZ 96906 MS51957-45 SCREW,MACHINE 3 

7 PAOZZ 96906 MS35338-137 WASHER,LOCK 26 

8 PAOZZ 96906 MS15795-807 WASHER,FLAT 26 

9 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4768 STRAP,WEBBING 1 

10 XAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4762 PLATE,RETAINER 1 

17 PAOZZ 81349 F02A250V3A FUSE,CARTRIDGE 2 

18 PAOZZ 81349 F02A250V2A FUSE,CARTRIDGE 2 

END OF FIGURE 


ARMYTM 3-6665-312-12&P 


FigureF-14. Cable Assembly 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 040101:CABLE ASSEMBLY 

FIG. F-14 CABLE ASSEMBLY 

D5-15-4750 

1 PAOZZ 81348 WC596/17-1 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC 1 

2 PAOZZ 81348 WC596-13-3 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-14-1 CHANGE 3


AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-I 

Figure F-I5. M228 High Profile Mounting Kit 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 05: MOUNTING KIT, HIGH 

PROFILE M228 

FIG. F-15 M228 HIGH PROFILE 

MOUNTING KIT E5-15-5600 

1 XAOOO 81361 E5-15-4675 MOUNT,HIGH PROFILE 1 

2 PAOOO 81361 D5-15-5490 BASE,CHASSIS 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-15-1 CHANGE 3


AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-l 

Figure F-16. High Profile MOUnt (sheet 1 of 2) 

Change-3



Figure F-16. High Profile Mount (sheet 2 of 2) 

change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0501: MOUNT, HIGH PROFILE 

FIG. F-16. HIGH PROFILE MOUNT 

E5-15-4675 

1 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-4688-1 PAD,RUBBER 1 

2 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-4688-2 PAD,RUBBER 1 

3 XDOZZ 81361 D5-15-4690 SHELF ASSEMBLY 1 


5 PAOZZ 70485 425 BUMPER,NONMETALLIC 4 




9 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4676 RUBBER STRIP 1 


11 PAOZZ 81361 B5-15-4692 NUT,PLAIN,ROUND 2 

12 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4687 BOLT,SHOULDER 2 

13 PAOZZ 97852 WINGNUT1-4-20 NUT,PLAIN,WING 2 


15 PAOZZ 81361 D5-15-5280 RETAINING BAR ASSY 1 


17 PAOZZ 76005 HT0-5 MOUNT,RESILIENT 6 

18 XDOZZ 81316 C5-15-4699 BRACKET,ASSEMBLY 2 

19 XDOZZ 81361 C5-15-4696 SPACER,SLEEVE 2 


21 PAOZZ 96906 MS9353-07 CLAMP,LOOP 2 

22 PAOZZ 81361 E5-15-5306 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 


24 PAOZZ 96906 MS3115-14W DUMMY CONNECTOR,REC 1 

25 XAOZZ 81361 D5-15-4689-1 PLATE,IDENTIFICATIO 1 

26 XAOZZ 81361 C5-15-5304 OUTER WRAP ASSY 1 

27 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-284 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 4 

28 PAOZZ 96906 MS16562-190 PIN,SPRING 2 



31 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4678 BOLT,EYE 2 

32 XAOZZ 81361 C5-15-5303 INNER WRAP ASSY 1 


34 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4681 CLIP,SPRING TENSION 2 

35 ZDOZZ 81361 B5-15-4691 SPACER,SLEEVE 4 

END OF FIGURE 




Figure F-17. Chassis Base 

Change-3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0502: BASE, CHASSIS 

FIG. F-17. CHASSIS BASE D5-15-5490 

1 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5511-3 LINER MAKE FROM RUBBER SHEET MIL-R 1 

3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 


3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 

3 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5506 PAD,RUBBER MAKE FROM RUBBER STRIP 2 

P/N C5-15-4676 

4 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5511-1 LINER MAKE FROM RUBBER SHEET MIL-R- 1 

3065,TYPE S CL SC715B 

5 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5512 INSULATOR MAKE FROM RUBBER TUBING 2 

MIL-R-3065,TYPE S CL SC715B 

END OF FIGURE 

F-17-1 CHANGE 3



Figure F-18. M182 Low Profile Mounting Kit 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 06:MOUNTING KIT,LOW PROFILE 

M182 

FIG. F-18 M182 LOW PROFILE 

MOUNTING KIT E5-15-5300 

1 XAOOO 81361 E5-15-5500 MOUNT,LOW PROFILE 1 

2 PAOOO 81361 D5-15-5490 BASE,CHASSIS 1 

END OF FIGURE 

F-18-1 CHANGE 3

ARMY TM 3-6665-3 12-12&P 


Figure F-19. Low Profile Mount (sheet 1 of 2) 

Change 3



Figure F-19. Low Profile Mount (sheet 2 of 2) 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0601: MOUNT, LOW PROFILE 

FIG. F-19 LOW PROFILE MOUNT 

E5-15-5500 

1 XAOZZ 81361 D5-15-5499 INNER WRAP ASSY 1 

2 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4687 BOLT,SHOULDER 2 




6 PAOZZ 70485 425 BUMPER,NONMETALLIC 4 


8 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4676 RUBBER STRIP 1 

9 PAOZZ 97852 WINGNUT1-4-20 NUT,PLAIN,WING 2 


11 PAOZZ 81361 D5-15-5280 RETAINING BAR ASSY 1 


13 PAOZZ 76005 HT0-5 MOUNT,RESILIENT 6 

14 XDOZZ 81361 C5-15-4699 BRACKET ASSY 2 

15 PAOZZ 96906 MS3115-14W DUMMY CONNECTOR,REC 1 


17 XAOZZ 81361 D5-15-4689-2 PLATE,IDENTIFICATIO 1 

18 PAOZZ 81361 E5-15-5306 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 


20 PAOZZ 96906 MS9353-07 CLAMP,LOOP 2 

21 XDOZZ 81361 B5-15-4696 SPACER,SLEEVE 2 

22 XAOZZ 81361 D5-15-5504 OUTER WRAP ASSY 1 


24 PAOZZ 96906 MS16562-190 PIN,SPRING 2 



27 PAOZZZ 81361 C5-15-4678 BOLT,EYE 2 

END OF FIGURE 




Figure F-20. Chassis Base 

Change 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 0602:BASE,CHASSIS 

FIG.F-20 CHASSIS BASE D5-15-5490 


3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 


3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 

3 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5506 PAD,RUBBER MAKE FROM RUBBER SHEET 2 

MIL-R-3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 


3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 

5 MOOZZ 81361 C5-15-5512 INSULATOR MAKE FROM RUBBER SHEET 2 

MIL-R-3065,TYPE S C1 SC7158 

END OF FIGURE 

F-20-1 CHANGE 3


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

ITEM SMR PART 


GROUP 99:BULK MATERIALS 

FIGURE. BULK 

1 PAOZZ 81361 C5-15-4676 RUBBER STRIP V 

2 PAOZZ 81349 MIL-R-3065 RUBBER SHEET,SOLID V 

3 PAOZZ 81349 MIL-R-3065 TUBING,RUBBER V 

END OF FIGURE 

SECTION III. SPECIAL TOOLS LIST 

(NOT APPLICABLE) 

BULK-1 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 

TM3-6665-312-12&P 

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES 

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX 

STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM 

5920-00-010-6652 F-13 17 5365-00-448-5181 F-3 7 

5305-00-054-5648 F-16 23 5310-00-454-7493 F-16 11 

F-19 16 5305-00-456-1048 F-3 4 

5305-00-054-6650 F-16 33 5305-00-462-0206 F-7 3 

5305-00-054-6655 F-16 4 5305-00-487-1755 F-12 3 

5305-00-054-6670 F-13 6 5310-00-721-5093 F-16 13 

F-16 8 F-19 9 

F-19 5 5305-00-723-9423 F-16 16 

5305-00-054-6672 F-16 20 F-19 12 

F-19 19 5310-00-761-6882 F-16 29 

5305-00-059-3660 F-16 6 F-19 25 

F-19 7 5310-00-809-4058 F-16 14 

6665-00-133-0688 F-7 4 F-19 10 

5340-00-133-3935 F-3 2 5340-00-817-0834 F-16 17 

6665-00-135-4376 F-16 15 F-19 13 

F-19 11 5315-00-847-3735 F-16 28 

5935-00-135-4377 F-6 14 F-19 24 

6665-00-136-7178 F-6 28 6665-00-859-2215 F-1 2 

5895-00-136-7182 F-15 2 5999-00-869-6263 F-6 31A 

F-18 2 F-8 13 

6210-00-145-1263 F-13 4 5310-00-880-5978 F-13 8 

6240-00-155-8706 F-8 3 F-16 10 

5330-00-166-0990 F-4 4 F-19 3 

5340-00-209-9287 F-16 5 5310-00-933-8121 F-16 30 

F-19 6 F-19 26 

5330-00-220-3875 F-6 27 5310-00-934-9759 F-16 27 

5340-00-220-3876 F-16 21 F-19 23 

F-19 20 5355-00-980-5647 F-8 9 

5310-00-224-0746 F-6 15 5935-01-005-3579 F-10 1 

5920-00-228-7882 F-11 16 F-14 2 

5330-00-228-9384 F-4 2 5935-01-009-4501 F-10 2 

9320-00-231-0704 BULK 2 F-14 1 

5306-00-235-1414 F-16 12 6665-01-081-8140 F-1 1 

F-19 2 6150-01-092-7911 F-9 1 

5306-00-236-6251 F-16 31 5310-01-112-3876 F-5 4 

F-19 27 5310-01-112-3877 F-5 3 

5305-00-242-7275 F-6 16 5340-01-114-0078 F-3 1 

5995-00-246-2544 F-16 22 5963-01-114-0149 F-2 5 

F-19 18 6680-01-119-2292 F-3 3 

5340-00-247-9773 F-16 34 5330-01-124-1277 F-12 4 

6210-00-251-2086 F-8 4 5330-01-173-1387 F-7 2 

5920-00-280-4960 F-13 18 5935-01-214-0659 F-16 24 

6240-00-299-6126 F-13 3 F-19 15 

5340-00-400-2141 F-13 9 

5310-00-400-6348 F-6 26 

4720-00-431-8318 BULK 3 

9320-00-435-4207 BULK 1 

F-16 9 

F-19 8 

5340-00-441-8669 F-3 6 

F-I-1 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 



PART NUMBER INDEX 

CAGEC PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM 

81361 B5-15-4691 F-16 35 

81361 B5-15-4692 5310-00-454-7493 F-16 11 

81361 B5-15-4696 F-19 21 

81361 B5-15-5480 5330-00-220-3875 F-6 27 

81361 B5-15-8128 F-4 1 

81361 C5-15-4332 F-5 2 

81361 C5-15-4357 5340-00-441-8669 F-3 6 

81361 C5-15-4381 5305-00-456-1048 F-3 4 

81361 C5-15-4432-2 5330-00-228-9384 F-4 2 

81361 C5-15-4447 5310-00-400-6348 F-6 26 

81361 C5-15-4519 5365-00-448-5181 F-3 7 

81361 C5-15-4563-1 5935-00-135-4377 F-6 14 

81361 C5-15-4676 9320-00-435-4207 BULK 1 

F-16 9 

F-19 8 

81361 C5-15-4678 5306-00-236-6251 F-16 31 

F-19 27 

81361 C5-15-4681 5340-00-247-9773 F-16 34 

81361 C5-15-4687 5306-00-235-1414 F-16 12 

F-19 2 

81361 C5-15-4688-1 F-16 1 

81361 C5-15-4688-2 F-16 2 

81361 C5-15-4696 F-16 19 

81316 C5-15-4699 F-16 18 

F-19 14 

81361 C5-15-4758 5305-00-487-1755 F-12 3 

81361 C5-15-4762 F-13 10 

81361 C5-15-4768 5340-00-400-2141 F-13 9 

81361 C5-15-4794 5305-00-462-0206 F-7 3 

81361 C5-15-4869-2 6210-00-251-2086 F-8 4 

81361 C5-15-5305 F-16 32 

81361 C5-15-5304 F-16 26 

81361 C5-15-5506 F-17 3 

F-20 3 

81361 C5-15-5511-1 F-17 4 

F-20 4 


F-20 2 


F-20 1 

81361 C5-15-5512 F-17 5 

F-20 5 

81361 C5-15-8129 5340-01-114-0078 F-3 1 

81361 C5-15-8148-2 5310-01-112-3876 F-5 4 

81361 C5-15-8148-3 5310-01-112-3877 F-5 3 

81361 C5-15-8186 F-5 1 

81361 D5-15-4352 5340-00-133-3935 F-3 2 

81361 D5-15-4449 6665-00-136-7178 F-6 28 

81361 D5-15-4689-1 F-16 25 

81361 D5-15-4689-2 F-19 17 

81361 D5-15-4690 F-16 3 

F-I-2 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 





81361 D5-15-4824 6665-00-133-0688 F-7 4 



F-19 11 

81361 D5-15-5490 5895-00-136-7182 F-15 2 

F-18 2 

81361 D5-15-5499 F-19 1 

81361 D5-15-5504 F-19 22 

81361 D5-15-8000 F-9 2 

81361 D5-15-8003 6150-01-092-7911 F-9 1 

81361 D5-15-8090 F-4 3 

81361 D5-15-8111 5963-01-114-0149 F-2 5 

81361 D5-15-8152 6680-01-119-2292 F-3 3 

81361 E5-15-4675 F-15 1 

81361 E5-15-4819 F-7 1 

81361 E5-15-5306 5995-00-246-2544 F-16 22 

F-19 18 

81361 E5-15-5500 F-18 1 

81349 F02A250V2A 5920-00-280-4960 F-13 18 

81349 F02A250V3A 5920-00-010-6652 F-13 17 

81349 F02B250V2A 5920-00-228-7882 F-11 16 

76005 HT0-5 5340-00-817-0834 F-16 17 

F-19 13 

81349 MIL-R-3065 9320-00-231-0704 BULK 2 

4720-00-431-8318 BULK 3 

96906 MS15795-807 5310-00-880-5978 F-13 8 

F-16 10 

F-19 3 

96906 MS16562-190 5315-00-847-3735 F-16 28 

F-19 24 

96906 MS24693C49 F-3 5 

96906 MS27183-10 5310-00-809-4058 F-16 14 

F-19 10 

96906 MS3115-14W 5935-01-214-0659 F-16 24 

F-19 15 

96906 MS35338-135B 5310-00-224-0746 F-6 15 

96906 MS35338-137 F-13 7 

F-16 7 

F-19 4 

96906 MS35338-139 5310-00-933-8121 F-16 30 

F-19 26 

96906 MS35649-284 5310-00-934-9759 F-16 27 

F-19 23 

96906 MS51957-14 5305-00-054-5648 F-16 23 

F-19 16 

96906 MS51957-15B 5305-00-242-7275 F-6 16 

96906 MS51957-26 5305-00-054-6650 F-16 33 

96906 MS51957-31 5305-00-054-6655 F-16 4 

96906 MS51957-45 5305-00-054-6670 F-13 6 

F-16 8 

F-19 5 

F-I-3 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 





96906 MS51957-47 5305-00-054-6672 F-16 20 

F-19 19 

96906 MS51958-64 5305-00-059-3660 F-16 6 

F-19 7 

96906 MS51959-50 5305-00-723-9423 F-16 16 

F-19 12 

96906 MS51967-2 5310-00-761-6882 F-16 29 

F-19 25 

96906 MS91528-0P2B 5355-00-980-5647 F-8 9 

96906 MS9353-07 5340-00-220-3876 F-16 21 

F-19 20 

81349 M83248/1-014 5330-00-166-0990 F-4 4 

80205 NAS1523AA3Y 5330-01-124-1277 F-12 4 

80205 NAS1598D08Y 5330-01-173-1387 F-7 2 

42498 NPL47 6240-00-155-8706 F-8 3 

80063 SCC76202-1 5999-00-869-6263 F-6 31A 

F-8 13 

81348 WC596-13-3 5935-01-005-3579 F-10 1 

F-14 2 

81348 WC596/17-1 5935-01-009-4501 F-10 2 

F-14 1 

97852 WINGNUT1-4-20 5310-00-721-5093 F-16 13 

F-19 9 

72619 123-1231-203 6210-00-145-1263 F-13 4 

08108 1828 6240-00-299-6126 F-13 3 

70485 425 5340-00-209-9287 F-16 5 

F-19 6 

81361 5-15-8100 6665-01-081-8140 F-1 1 

F-I-4 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 



FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX 

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER CAGEC PART NUMBER 

BULK 1 9320-00-435-4207 81361 C5-15-4676 

BULK 2 9320-00-231-0704 81349 MIL-R-3065 

BULK 3 4720-00-431-8318 81349 MIL-R-3065 

F-1 1 6665-01-081-8140 81361 5-15-8100 

F-1 2 6665-00-859-2215 81361 D5-15-4826 

F-2 5 5963-01-114-0149 81361 D5-15-8111 

F-3 1 5340-01-114-0078 81361 C5-15-8129 

F-3 2 5340-00-133-3935 81361 D5-15-4352 

F-3 3 6680-01-119-2292 81361 D5-15-8152 

F-3 4 5305-00-456-1048 81361 C5-15-4381 

F-3 5 96906 MS24693C49 

F-3 6 5340-00-441-8669 81361 C5-15-4357 

F-3 7 5365-00-448-5181 81361 C5-15-4519 

F-4 1 81361 B5-15-8128 

F-4 2 5330-00-228-9384 81361 C5-15-4432-2 

F-4 3 81361 D5-15-8090 

F-4 4 5330-00-166-0990 81349 M83248/1-014 

F-5 1 81361 C5-15-8186 

F-5 2 81361 C5-15-4332 

F-5 3 5310-01-112-3877 81361 C5-15-8148-3 

F-5 4 5310-01-112-3876 81361 C5-15-8148-2 

F-6 14 5935-00-135-4377 81361 C5-15-4563-1 

F-6 15 5310-00-224-0746 96906 MS35338-135B 

F-6 16 5305-00-242-7275 96906 MS51957-15B 

F-6 26 5310-00-400-6348 81361 C5-15-4447 

F-6 27 5330-00-220-3875 81361 B5-15-5480 

F-6 28 6665-00-136-7178 81361 D5-15-4449 

F-6 31A 5999-00-869-6263 80063 SCC76202-1 

F-7 1 81361 E5-15-4819 

F-7 2 5330-01-173-1387 80205 NAS1598D08Y 

F-7 3 5305-00-462-0206 81361 C5-15-4794 


F-8 3 6240-00-155-8706 42498 NPL47 

F-8 4 6210-00-251-2086 81361 C5-15-4869-2 

F-8 9 5355-00-980-5647 96906 MS91528-0P2B 

F-8 13 5999-00-869-6263 80063 SCC76202-1 

F-9 1 6150-01-092-7911 81361 D5-15-8003 

F-9 2 81361 D5-15-8000 

F-10 1 5935-01-005-3579 81348 WC596-13-3 

F-10 2 5935-01-009-4501 81348 WC596/17-1 

F-11 16 5920-00-228-7882 81349 F02B250V2A 

F-12 3 5305-00-487-1755 81361 C5-15-4758 

F-12 4 5330-01-124-1277 80205 NAS1523AA3Y 

F-13 3 6240-00-299-6126 08108 1828 

F-13 4 6210-00-145-1263 72619 123-1231-203 

F-13 6 5305-00-054-6670 96906 MS51957-45 

F-13 7 96906 MS35338-137 

F-13 8 5310-00-880-5978 96906 MS15795-807 

F-13 9 5340-00-400-2141 81361 C5-15-4768 

F-13 10 81361 C5-15-4762 

F-13 17 5920-00-010-6652 81349 F02A250V3A 

F-I-5 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 





F-13 18 5920-00-280-4960 81349 F02A250V2A 

F-14 1 5935-01-009-4501 81348 WC596/17-1 

F-14 2 5935-01-005-3579 81348 WC596-13-3 

F-15 1 81361 E5-15-4675 

F-15 2 5895-00-136-7182 81361 D5-15-5490 

F-16 1 81361 C5-15-4688-1 

F-16 2 81361 C5-15-4688-2 

F-16 3 81361 D5-15-4690 

F-16 4 5305-00-054-6655 96906 MS51957-31 

F-16 5 5340-00-209-9287 70482 425 

F-16 6 5305-00-059-3660 96906 MS51958-64 

F-16 7 96906 MS35338-137 

F-16 8 5305-00-054-6670 96906 MS51957-45 

F-16 9 9320-00-435-4207 81361 C5-15-4676 

F-16 10 5310-00-880-5978 96906 MS15795-807 

F-16 11 5310-00-454-7493 81361 B5-15-4692 

F-16 12 5306-00-235-1414 81361 C5-15-4687 

F-16 13 5310-00-721-5093 97852 WINGNUT1-4-20 

F-16 14 5310-00-809-4058 96906 MS27183-10 


F-16 16 5305-00-723-9423 96906 MS51959-50 

F-16 17 5340-00-817-0834 76005 HT0-5 

F-16 18 81316 C5-15-4699 

F-16 19 81361 C5-15-4696 

F-16 20 5305-00-054-6672 96906 MS51957-47 

F-16 21 5340-00-220-3876 96906 MS9353-07 

F-16 22 5995-00-246-2544 81361 E5-15-5306 

F-16 23 5305-00-054-5648 96906 MS51957-14 

F-16 24 5935-01-214-0659 96906 MS3115-14W 

F-16 25 81361 D5-15-4689-1 

F-16 26 81361 C5-15-5304 

F-16 27 5310-00-934-9759 96906 MS35649-284 

F-16 28 5315-00-847-3735 96906 MS16562-190 

F-16 29 5310-00-761-6882 96906 MS51967-2 

F-16 30 5310-00-933-8121 96906 MS35338-139 

F-16 31 5306-00-236-6251 81361 C5-15-4678 

F-16 32 81361 C5-15-5303 

F-16 33 5305-00-054-6650 96906 MS51957-26 

F-16 34 5340-00-247-9773 81361 C5-15-4681 

F-16 35 81361 B5-15-4691 

F-17 1 81361 C5-15-5511-3 


F-17 3 81361 C5-15-5506 


F-17 5 81361 C5-15-5512 

F-18 1 81361 E5-15-5500 

F-18 2 5895-00-136-7182 81361 D5-15-5490 

F-19 1 81361 D5-15-5499 

F-19 2 5306-00-235-1414 81361 C5-15-4687 

F-19 3 5310-00-880-5978 96906 MS15795-807 

F-19 4 96906 MS35338-137 

F-I-6 CHANGE 3

SECTION IV 





F-19 5 5305-00-054-6670 96906 MS51957-45 

F-19 6 5340-00-209-9287 70485 425 

F-19 7 5305-00-059-3660 96906 MS51958-64 

F-19 8 9320-00-435-4207 81361 C5-15-4676 

F-19 9 5310-00-721-5093 97852 WINGNUT1-4-20 

F-19 10 5310-00-809-4058 96906 MS27183-10 


F-19 12 5305-00-723-9423 96906 MS51959-50 

F-19 13 5340-00-817-0834 76005 HT0-5 

F-19 14 81361 C5-15-4699 

F-19 15 5935-01-214-0659 96906 MS3115-14W 

F-19 16 5305-00-054-5648 96906 MS51957-14 

F-19 17 81361 D5-15-4689-2 

F-19 18 5995-00-246-2544 81361 E5-15-5306 

F-19 19 5305-00-054-6672 96906 MS51957-47 

F-19 20 5340-00-220-3876 96906 MS9353-07 

F-19 21 81361 B5-15-4696 

F-19 22 81361 D5-15-5504 

F-19 23 5310-00-934-9759 96906 MS35649-284 

F-19 24 5315-00-847-3735 96906 MS16562-190 

F-19 25 5310-00-761-6882 96906 MS51967-2 

F-19 26 5310-00-933-8121 96906 MS35338-139 

F-19 27 5306-00-236-6251 81361 C5-15-4678 

F-20 1 81361 C5-15-5511-3 

F-20 2 81361 C5-15-5511-2 

F-20 3 81361 C5-15-5506 

F-20 4 81361 C5-15-5511-1 

F-20 5 81361 C5-15-5512 

F-I-7(F-I-8 BLANK) CHANGE 3

Appendix G 



ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURER ITEMS 


This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated at unit 

maintenance. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by National Stock Number. The 

manufactured items are referred to by part number. 

SECTION Il. MANUFACTURED ITEMS 

[ G-1 ALARM MOUNTING BRACKET INSULATOR. 

NOTES: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Fabricate mounting bracket insulator (P/N C5-15-5512) from rubber tubing NSN 4720-00-431-8318 

stock. 

Dimensions are in inches. 

Dimensional tolerances ± 1/16 unless otherwise indicated. 

Change 2 G-1

ARMY TM 3-6666-312-12&P 


I G-2 ALARM MOUNTING BRACKET LINERS. 

I 

NOTES: 

1. 

Fabricate mounting bracket liner (P/N C5-15-5511-1) 7-3/4 x 1/2 from 1/16 rubber sheet 

NW 9320-00-231-0704 stock. 

2. Fabricate mounting bracket liner (P/N C5-15-5511-2) 5-1/4 x 1 from 1/16 rubber sheet 

NSN 932040-231-0704 stock. 

3. Fabricate mounting bracket liner (P/N C5-15-5511-3) 1-1/2 x 1/2 from 1/16 rubber sheet 

NSN 932040-231-0704 stock. 

4. 

5. 



G-2 Change-3


[ G-3 M42 ALARM MOUNTING BRACKET PADS. 

NOTES: 

1. Fabricate mounting bracket rubber pads (P/N C5-15-4676) 1-3/16 x 4-5/8 from 1/4 sheet rubber strip 

NSN 9320-00-435-4207 stock. 

2. Dimensions are in inches. 

3. Dimensional tolerances ± 1/16 unless otherwise indicated. 

G-3


I G-4 HIGH PROFILE MOUNT RUBBER PAD. 

NOTES: 

1. 

2, 

3. 

Fabricate high profile mount rubber pad (P/N C5-15-4688-1 and C5-15-4688-2) 3 x 5-3/8 from 1/4 

sheet rubber strip NSN 9320-00-435-4207 stock. 



G-4



APPENDIX H 

NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

H-1 RULES AND REGULATIONS. 

The US Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) sets standards and conditions, and issues licenses 

for the safe use, storage, and possession of radioactive material. Current copies of Title 10, Parts 19, 

20 and 21, as well as licensed operating procedures, are maintained by the HQ AMCCOM Health 

Physicist and may be examined at HQ, AMCCOM, Rock Island, IL, upon request. Call DSN 

793-2965/2967, Commercial (309) 782-2964/2967, or write to: Commander, US Army Armament 

Munitions and Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSMC-SFS (R)/RPO, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000. Air Force 

Master Materials License and application and USAF Radioactive Material Permit authorizing local use 

are maintained by the Executive Secretary, USAF Radioisotope Committee. These may be examined at 

the Air Force Office of Medical Support (HQ AFOMS/SGPR), Brooks AFB TX upon request, Call DSN 

240-3331, Commercial (512) 536-3331/2452 or write to HQ AFOMS/SGPR, Brooks AFB 

TX 78235-5000. 

I H-2 SUBSTANTIAL SAFETY HAZARDS. I 

Part 21 of Title 10 requires a responsible officer of the licensed organization to promptly evaluate 

and report defects and noncompliances which relate to substantial safety hazards. Failure to comply 

may result in personal fines to these officers. 

a. Safety Hazard Examples. 

(1) Exposure to, or release of, licensed radioactive material. 

(2) Major degradation of essential safety related equipment. 

(3) Major deficiencies involving design or use of licensing material. 

b. Responsible Officer or Radiological Protection Officer. 

Any suspected defect or noncompliance should be reported in writing or by phone promptly to the 

address below. Air Force report any loss, theft, suspected defect, or noncompliance in accordance 

with AFR 161-16, Control of Radioactive Materials. 

Commander 

US Army Armament Munitions and Chemical Command 

ATTN: AMSMC-SFC(R)/RPO 

Rock Island, IL 61299-6000 

DSN: 793-2964/2965/2966/2967 

Commercial: (309) 782-2964/2965/2966/2967 

After duty hours: DSN 793-1110 

Change 3 H-1



H-3 NRC LICENSE. 

The NRC Byproduct Material License (BML 12-00722-13) for the radioactive material contained in 

this manual is held by US Army AMCCOM, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000. Users of this material may 

request further information about this license by writing to the Radiological Protection Officer (RPO) at 

the address listed in paragraph H-2. Telephone requests should be directed to the AMCCOM Health 

Physicist, DSN 798-2965/2967, Commercial (309) 782-2964/2967. The Air Force Master Materials 

License (42-23539-01AF) authorizing Air Force use of the radioactive material identified in this manual 

is held by the USAF Radioisotope Committee, HQ AFOMS/SGPR, Brooks AFB, TX 78235-5000. Users of 

this manual may request further information about this license and the USAF radioactive materials 

permits authorizing base level use of the americium by writing to the Executive Secretary of the 

Committee at the address listed in paragraph H-2. Telephone requests should be directed to the 

Executive Secretary at DSN 240-3331/2452, Commercial (512) 536-3331/2452. 

H-4 DISPOSAL. 

Disposal of the M43A1 Detector with its cell module must be in accordance with Federal law 

(Title 10 CFR) and AR 385-11 or Air Force AFR 161-16 or T.0. 00-110N-2. 

H-5 IDENTIFICATION. 

The M43A1 Detector contains the cell module. Both the detector and cell module are labelled to 

show radioactive material is present. 

H-6 NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES (NRC FORM 3). 

Notice to Employees (NRC Form 3) is located in the back of this manual as foldout page FP-1. 

Users of radioactive material should be aware of the information contained in this form. 

H-7 PUBLIC LAW 93-438. 

A copy of applicable sections of Public Law 93-438 is provided on the next page, for reference. 

H-2 Change 3 

U.S. G. P.O. : 1991-543-050 :40170


PUBLIC LAW 93-438 

93rd CONGRESS, H. R. 11510 

OCTOBER 11, 1974 

AN ACT 

To reorganize and consolidate certain functions of the Federal Government in anew Energy Research 

and Development Administration and in anew Nuclear Regulatory Commission in order to promote 

more efficient management of such functions. 

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress 

assembled, 

SHORT TITLE 

Section 1. This Act may be cited as the “Energy Reorganization Act of 1974”, 

NONCOMPLIANCE 

Section 206. (a) Any individual director, or responsible officer of firm constructing, owning, 

operating, or supplying the components of any facility or activity which is licensed or otherwise 

regulated pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended, or pursuant to this Act, who obtains 

information reasonably indicating that such facility or activity or basic components supplied to such 

facility or activity -- 

(1) fails to comply with the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended, or any applicable rule, 

regulation, order, or license of the Commission relating to substantial safety hazards, or 

(2) contains a defect which could create a substantial safety hazard, as defined by regulations 

which the Commission shall promulgate, shall immediately notify the Commission of such 

failure to comply, or of such defect, unless such person has actual knowledge that the 

Commission has been adequately informed of such defect or failure to comply. 

(b) Any person who knowingly and consciously fails to provide the notice required by 

subsection (a) of this section shall be subject to a civil penalty in an amount equal to the 

amount provided by section 234 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended. 

(c) The requirements of this section shall be prominently posted on the premises of any 

facility licensed or otherwise regulated pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as 

amended. 

(d) The Commission is authorized to conduct such reasonable inspections and other 

enforcement activities as needed to insure compliance with the provisions of this section. 

221-3850-88-13 H-3/ (H-4 blank)


FP-1/(FP-2 blank)


SUBJECT 


A— 

PARA 

Adapter, FLOWMETER 

Removal /Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 

Airflow Sampling Operation, Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Air Outlet Cap 

Removal/lnstaIiation/Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Air Outlet Filter 

Removal/lnstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

ALARM RED Indicator 

Removal/lnstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Alert, Operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Assembly and preparation for Use 

Manpack (subpara a.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fixed Emplacement (subpara b.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Vehicle Alarm Systems (subpara c.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Auxiliary Equipment, Location. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Bar Assembly, Retaining 

Removal /lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-39 

Batteries 

4-50 

Removal/Installation (BA3517/U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M42) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

3-10 

Bolts, Eye 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Bolts, Shoulder 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 

Boots, Rubber 

Removal/lnstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Bracket Assembly 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Bumpers, Rubber 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

B— 

4-21 

1-13 

4-22 

4-13 

4-25 

2-14 

2-8 

2-8 

2-8 

1-8 

3-11 

4-40 

4-51 

4-40 

4-51 

4-27 

4-43 

4-54 

4-41 

4-52 

221-3850-88-14 Index-1

TM 36665-312-12&P 

SUBJECT 


C 

PARA 

Cable Assembly Checks, Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cable Assembly, Mounting Kit 

Removal/Installation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/Installation (M182).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cable Assembly, Power (M10A1) 

Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cap, Air Outlet 

Removal/Inspection/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cell Module 

Safety, Care, and Handling.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Checks, Operational (See Operational Checks) 

Clip, Spring 

Removal/Installation (M228).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Configuration, Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Connector, Dummy 



Controls and lndicators 

M43A1 Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Cross-Reference List Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-36 

4-44 

4-55 

4-28 

4-22 

1-11 

4-46 

2-15 

1-10 

4-45 

4-56 

2-1 

2-2 

2-3 

2-4 

1-4 

D 

— 

Data, Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Decals, Operating lnstructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Detector Airflow Sampling Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Detector Unit Subassembly 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Dummy Connector 

Removal/lnstallation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1-9 

2-12 

1-13 

4-14 

4-45 

4-56 

Index-2

TM 36665-312-12&P 


SUBJECT 

PARA 

E— 

Electronics Module 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 

Emergency Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 

Equipment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Equipment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Eye Bolts 

Removal/Installation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


4-15 

2-19 

1-10 

1-9 

4-40 

4-51 

F— 

Filter, OutIet 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fixed Emplacement 

Assembly/Preparation for Use (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating Procedures (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

FLOWMETER, Adapter 

Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Functional Test (Operational Checks) 

M43A1 Detector (Item 6, Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm Unit (Item 2, Table 2-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply (ltem 6, Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fuse, 3 AMP, 2 AMP, and Spare (M10) 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fuse, Spare and 2 AMP (M10A1) 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-13 

2-8 

2-10 

4-21 

2-18 

2-6 

2-6 

2-6 

4-32 

4-30 

H— 

Horn Test (ltem 2, Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

2-6 

I— 

Indicators and Controls (See Controls and Indicators) 

Indicator, ALARM RED 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Indicator, POWER ON, Lens and Lamp (M10) 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-25 

4-34 

Index-3


SUBJECT 


I (cont) 

PARA 

Inspection Procedures 

PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 

Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 

Installation, Mounting Kit (M228) 

2-1/2 Ton Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 

1/4 Ton Utility Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 

Installation, Mounting Kit (M182) 

Tracked Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 

Instruction Plates, Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 

Insulators 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 

Removal/Installation (M182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 

Knob, Selector Switch (M42) 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 

K— 

L 

— 

Light, Indicator (M10) 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Liners, Mounting Bracket 


Removal/lnstallation (M182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Lubrication Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-34 

4-48 

4-57 

3-1 

M— 

Maintenance Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Maintenance Procedures (See Chapters 2, & 3) 

Maintenance Procedures Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Major Components, Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Manpack 

Assy and Preparation for Use(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating Procedures(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Preparation for Movement(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Mounting Bracket Liners 



1-2 

4-12 

1-8 

2-8 

2-10 

2-11 

4-48 

4-57 

Index-4


SUBJECT 


M (cont) 

PARA 

Mounting Kit Cable Assembly 

Removal/lnstallation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Mounting Kit Cable Assembly Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Mounting Kit Installation Procedures 

M228 (2-1/2 Ton, 1/4 Ton Trucks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M182 (Tracked Vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Mounts, Resilient 

Removal/Installation (M228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/Installation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-44 

4-55 

4-36 

4-37 

4-49 

4-43 

4-54 

N— 

Nomenclature Cross-reference List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1-4 

0— 

Operating Instructions 

Decals & Instruction plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operating procedures 

Emergency Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fixed Emplacement Equipment (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Manpack (a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Normal Conditions (a, b, c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Severe Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Vehicle Alarm Systems (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation, Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation, Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operation, Severe Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operational Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Operational Checks (Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M43A1 (ltems 1-6, pgs 2-15 thru 2-29) 

M42 (items 1 & 2, pgs 2-29 thru 2-31) 

M10A1 (Items 1-5, pgs 2-32 & 2-33) 

M10 (Items 1-6, pgs 2-34 & 2-35) 

M182 or M228 (Items 1 & 2, pg 2-36) 

2-12 

2-19 

2-10 

2-10 

2-10 

2-13 

2-10 

2-15 

2-19 

2-13 

2-14 

2-6 

index-5



SUBJECT 


O (Cont) 

PARA 

Operations Controls & Indicators 

M43A1 Detector Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42A1arm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Outlet Adapter 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Outlet Filter 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

2-1 

2-2 

2-3 

2-4 

4-22 

4-13 

P— 

Packing (M43A1, M42, Aux. Equip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Pads, Mounting Bracket 

Removal/Installation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/Installation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Pads, Rubber 

Removal/Installation (M228) 

Plug, Cable Assembly 


PMCS Procedures (Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Power Cable Assembly 

Removal/Installation (M10A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

POWER ON indicator Lens and Lamp (M10) 


Preparation for Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (Table 2-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-58 

4-48 

4-57 

4-29 

2-6 

4-28 

4-34 

2-11 

2-6 

R— 

Receiving Inspection Procedures (Table 4-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal Procedures (Operator Level) 

M43A1 Detector Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M42 Alarm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal Procedures (Unit Level) 


4-4 

3-10 

3-11 

3-12 

3-13 

4-13 

Index-6 Change 2

SUBJECT 


R (cont) 



PARA 

M42 Alarm Unit 





Resilient Mounts 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/Installation (M228). .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstaLLation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Rubber Boots 

Removal/Installatton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Rubber Bumpers 

Removal/lnstallation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Rubber Pads 

Removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Rubber Strips 

Removal/installation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/lnstallation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-23 

4-28 

4-32 

4-36 

4-49 

4-43 

4-54 

4-27 

4-41 

4-52 

4-42 

4-42 

4-53 

Selector Switch Knob (M42) 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 

Severe Conditions Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Shelf Assembly (M228) 

Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Shoulder Bolts 

Removal/Installation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal /Installation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Spring Clip (M228) 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Strap (M10) 

Removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Strips. Rubber 

Removal/lnstallation (M228). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Removal/Installation (M182). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Symptom Index 

OperatorLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Unit Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4-26 

2-13 

4-47 

4-40 

4-51 

4-46 

4-33 

4-42 

4-53 

3-3 

4-6 

Change 2 

Index-7

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-1281P 


SUBJECT 


T 

PARA 

Test Procedures (See Operational Checks) 

Troubleshooting Procedures (Operator) 


M42 Alarm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Troubleshooting Procedures (Unit) 

M43A1 Detector Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 

M42 Alarm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 

M10A1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 

M10 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 

Vehicle Alarm Systems 

Assy and Preparation for Use (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 

Operating Procedures (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 

Preparation for Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 

v 

— 

3-5 

3-6 

3-7 

3-8 

Winterization Kit 

Location and Description (j). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 

w— 

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1988 0-221-385 

Index-8 Change 2


By Order of the Secretary of the Army: 

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR. 



Official 

DONALD J. DELANDRO 

Brigadier GeneraI, United States Army 


Distribution:

Change 2

Change 2

PIN: 057599-000

ARMY TM 3-6665-312-12&P AIR FORCE TO 11H2-17-1

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?